Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Biotechnology / MiMedx Group, Inc.

MiMedx Group, Inc.

mdxg · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker mdxg
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Biotechnology
Employees 837
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · MiMedx Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

☑ ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT  OF

1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

For the transition period from __________to __________
Commission file number 001-35887

MIMEDX GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Florida
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

26-2792552
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1775 West Oak Commons Court, NE, Marietta, GA
(Address of principal executive offices)

30062
(Zip Code)

(770) 651-9100

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None.

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

MDXG

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes      No ☑
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No ☑
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes☑     No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§223.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes☑No☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☑
☐
☐

☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered accounting firm that prepared or its audit
report ☑

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received
by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☑
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2023 (the last business day of the
registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was approximately $760.0 million based upon the last sale price ($6.61) of the shares as reported on
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on such date.

There were 146,958,420 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding as of February 22, 2024.

Documents Incorporated By Reference

Portions of the proxy statement relating to the 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which
this report relates, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Report.

Table of Contents

Item

Description

Page

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Cybersecurity
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Part I

Part II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Part III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Part IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

7
21
37
37
37
37
37

38
40
40
48
F- 1
79
79
80
80

80
81
81
81
81

82
85
86

PART I

Explanatory Note and Important Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

As used herein, the terms “MIMEDX,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MiMedx Group, Inc., a Florida corporation, and its consolidated
subsidiaries as a combined entity, except where it is clear that the terms mean only MiMedx Group, Inc.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. Certain
statements made in this Annual Report are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements relating to events or results that may occur in the
future are forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, statements regarding the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our strategic focus and our current business priorities, and our ability to implement these priorities, including as a result of our no longer being
able to market our micronized products and certain other products;

the advantages of our products and development of new products;

our expectations regarding the size of potential markets for our products and any growth in such markets;

our expectations regarding ongoing regulatory obligations and oversight and the changing nature thereof impacting our products, research and
clinical programs, and business, including those relating to patient privacy;

our expectations regarding our ability to procure sufficient supplies of human tissue to manufacture and process our existing and future products;

our expectations regarding costs relating to compliance with regulatory requirements;

our expectations regarding government and other third-party coverage and reimbursement for our products;

our expectations regarding future revenue growth;

our expectation regarding the outcome of pending litigation and investigations;

our belief in the sufficiency of our intellectual property rights in our technology;

our expectations regarding future income tax liability;

demographic and market trends; and

our ability to compete effectively.

Forward-looking  statements  generally  can  be  identified  by  words  such  as  “expect,”  “will,”  “change,”  “intend,”  “seek,”  “target,”  “future,”  “plan,”
“continue,”  “potential,”  “possible,”  “could,”  “estimate,”  “may,”  “anticipate,”  “to  be”  and  similar  expressions.  These  statements  are  based  on  numerous
assumptions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could significantly affect our operations and may cause our actual
actions, results, financial condition, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future actions, results, financial condition, performance or
achievements expressed or implied by any such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause such a difference include, without limitation, those
discussed in Item 1A, Risk Factors in this Annual Report.

Unless  required  by  law,  the  Company  does  not  intend,  and  undertakes  no  obligation,  to  update  or  publicly  release  any  revision  to  any  forward-looking
statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  the  receipt  of  new  information,  the  occurrence  of  subsequent  events,  a  change  in  circumstances  or  otherwise.  Each
forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report is specifically qualified in its entirety by the aforementioned factors. Readers are advised to
carefully read this Annual Report in conjunction with the important disclaimers set forth above prior to reaching any conclusions or making any investment
decisions and not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report with the SEC.

Summary of Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

•

If we do not successfully execute our priorities, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

4

• We are in a highly competitive and evolving field and face competition from well-established tissue processors and medical device manufacturers,

as well as new market entrants.

•

Rapid technological change could cause our products to become obsolete.

• Our products depend on the availability of tissue from human donors, and any disruption in supply could adversely affect our business.

• We depend on our senior leadership team and may not be able to retain or replace these employees or recruit additional qualified personnel.

• Our  revenues  depend  on  adequate  reimbursement  from  public  and  private  insurers  and  health  systems  and  changes  to  the  way  in  which  our

products are reimbursed in various sites of service could adversely impact our financial results.

• Our revenue, results of operations and cash flows may suffer upon the loss of a Group Purchasing Organization or Integrated Delivery Network.

• We contract with independent sales agents and distributors.

• Disruption of our processing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•

•

•

To be commercially successful, we must convince physicians, where appropriate, how and when our products are proper alternatives to existing
treatments and that our products should be used in their procedures.

If we cannot successfully address quality issues that may arise with our products, our brand reputation could suffer, and our business, financial
condition, and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

The  formation  of  physician-owned  distributorships  could  result  in  increased  pricing  pressure  on  our  products  or  harm  our  ability  to  sell  our
products to physicians who own or are affiliated with those distributorships.

• We face the risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate product liability insurance.

•

The products we manufacture and process are derived from human tissue and therefore have the potential for disease transmission.

• We may implement a product recall or voluntary market withdrawal.

• A cyberattack or significant disruptions of information technology systems could adversely affect our business.

• We may expand or contract our business through acquisitions, divestitures, licenses, investments, and other commercial arrangements.

• A portion of our revenues and accounts receivable come from government accounts.

• New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

• Our international expansion and operations outside the U.S. expose us to risks.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Products and Other Government Regulations

•

In the future, certain of our products may no longer qualify for regulation as human cells, tissues and cellular and tissue-based products solely
under  Section  361  of  the  Public  Health  Service  Act,  which  could  result  in  removal  of  the  applicable  products  from  the  market,  making  the
introduction of new tissue products more expensive, significantly delay the expansion of our tissue product offerings and subject us to additional
post-market regulatory requirements. Additional regulatory requirements may be imposed in the future.

• Obtaining and maintaining the necessary regulatory approvals for certain of our products will be expensive and time consuming and may impede

our ability to fully exploit our technologies.

• Our business is subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other authorities, which is costly.

• We may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions and other sanctions if we are deemed to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved, or

off-label, uses.

5

• We and our sales representatives must comply with various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws.

• Our results of operations may be adversely affected by current and potential future healthcare reforms.

• We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

•

Federal and state laws that protect the privacy and security of personal information may increase our costs and limit our ability to collect and use
that information and subject us to liability if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

• Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology through patents and other means is uncertain and may be inadequate.

• We may become subject to claims of infringement of the intellectual property rights of others.

• We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, or our independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed
alleged trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements
with our competitors.

Risks Related to Our Consolidated Financial Statements, Internal Controls and Related Matters

•

If we fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting in the future, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and operating results.

Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

• Our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial health.

•

•

•

•

EW Healthcare Partners and its interests may conflict with those of our other shareholders.

The price of our Common Stock has been, and will likely continue to be, volatile.

Securities analysts may elect not to report on our common stock or may issue negative reports that adversely affect the stock price.

Fluctuations in revenue or results of operations could cause additional volatility in our stock price.

• We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock.

•

Certain provisions of Florida law and anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents may discourage or prevent a change of control.

Estimates and Projections

This discussion includes certain estimates, projections and other statistical data. These estimates and projections reflect management’s best estimates based
upon currently available information and certain assumptions we believe to be reasonable. These estimates are inherently uncertain, subject to risks and
uncertainties,  many  of  which  are  not  within  our  control,  have  not  been  reviewed  by  our  independent  auditors  and  may  be  revised  as  a  result  of
management’s further review. In addition, these estimates and projections are not a comprehensive statement of our financial results, and our actual results
may differ materially from these estimates and projections due to developments that may arise between now and the time the results are final. There can be
no assurance that the estimates will be realized, and our results may vary significantly from the estimates, including as a result of unexpected issues in our
business  and  operations.  Accordingly,  you  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  such  information.  Projections,  assumptions  and  estimates  of  our  future
performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk. See Item 1A,
Risk Factors for further information.

6

Item 1. Business

Overview

MIMEDX is a pioneer and leader in placental biologics focused on helping humans heal by addressing unmet clinical needs. With more than a decade of
helping clinicians manage chronic and other hard-to-heal wounds, MIMEDX is dedicated to providing a leading portfolio of products for applications in
the wound care, burn, and surgical sectors of healthcare. The Company’s vision is to be the leading global provider of healing solutions through relentless
innovation to restore quality of life.

With  deep  expertise  and  real-world  data  in  the  field  of  placental  biologics,  MIMEDX  develops  and  distributes  placental  tissue  allografts  that  are
manufactured using patent-protected, proprietary processes for multiple sectors of healthcare. Today, our product portfolio is made up entirely of human
placental  allografts,  which  are  human  tissues  that  are  derived  from  one  person  (the  donor)  and  used  to  produce  products  that  treat  multiple  people  (the
recipients). MIMEDX has supplied roughly three million allografts, through all shipments, filling direct orders and consignment orders, through December
31,  2023.  Our  products  help  clinicians  treat  patients  suffering  from  chronic  and  other  hard-to-heal  wounds.  These  wounds  can  be  slow  to  respond  or
unresponsive to conventional treatments and may benefit from advanced treatments, such as through the use of our products, in order to support the healing
process.

The  manufacturing  of  our  product  offering  begins  with  donated  birth  tissue,  namely  the  placenta,  umbilical  cord  and  placental  disc,  which  we  source
through a large donor network developed over multiple years with leading hospitals and clinician groups. In partnership with these facilities, we are able to
obtain donated birth tissue from consenting mothers, which then are shipped to our manufacturing facilities in Marietta, Georgia, and undergo a series of
testing followed by our proprietary tissue manufacturing workflow, which we refer to as the PURION® process. We employ Current Good Tissue Practices
(“CGTP”) and terminal sterilization to produce our allografts. MIMEDX provides products primarily for use in the wound care, burn, and surgical sectors
of healthcare. All of our products sold in the United States are regulated by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (“FDA”), and to the extent we sell our
products outside the United States, by other regulatory agencies in such international markets.

We devote significant research and development resources and expertise to the therapeutic potential of placental tissue in an effort to grow our product
offering,  develop  innovative  products  that  address  a  wide  range  of  chronic  and  acute  health  conditions  affecting  large  patient  populations,  and  generate
best-in-class clinical evidence and data to support the use of our products.

Market Overview

Domestic sales currently account for substantially all of our revenue today. In the United States, our primary areas of clinical use include applications in
surgical settings as well as for the treatment of wounds and burns. Additionally we are actively pursuing international expansion, primarily targeting Japan,
as discussed below.

Wound

The  unmet  need  for  healing  solutions  is  large  and  growing,  with  an  estimated  2.1%  of  the  total  U.S.  population,  or  approximately  7  million  people,
suffering from chronic, non-healing wounds . The treatment of chronic wounds is often referred to as Advanced Wound Care (“AWC”). Chronic wounds
are defined and characterized as those that do not progress through the normal process of healing and remain open for an extended period of time, which,
depending on the wound, can be from several weeks to a few months. There are numerous underlying causes of these wounds, with this patient population
typically sharing some combination of comorbidities, including age, obesity, smoking history, diabetes and heart and vascular diseases. Due to the rising
incidence of each of these factors, we expect the AWC market will continue to grow.

1

Patients present with chronic wounds in a variety of care settings and these wounds vary in severity and complexity to treat. Our products can be found in
many of these sites of service, including the private physician office (e.g., podiatry clinics), wound care centers, hospital inpatient and outpatient settings,
nursing homes and federal facilities, such as those operated by the Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”). The most common types of chronic and hard-to-
heal wounds appear in the lower extremities, presenting as diabetic foot ulcers (“DFUs”), venous leg ulcers (“VLUs”), and pressure ulcers, among others.
Taken together, nearly 60% of the chronic wounds in the U.S. are categorized as chronic leg ulcers (which include DFUs and VLUs), with 47% treated with
Advanced Wound Care dressings such as skin substitutes . These wounds require intervention and active management by clinicians and are treated in a
variety of sites-of-service, with numerous products aimed at achieving healing for the patie

2

1
 Chronic Wounds: Economic Impact & Costs to Medicare, https://www.woundcarestakeholders.org/news/studies-and-publications/chronic-wounds-economic-impact-costs-to-medicare
2
 GlobalData: 2022 Wound Care Management- Tissue Engineered Skin Subs U.S. Updated May 2022

7

nt. The costs associated with treatment and management of patients with acute and chronic wounds is also high, with some estimates of the Medicare spend
associated with such wounds approaching $100 billion annually.

The large and increasing number of patients requiring advanced treatment represents a significant cost burden on the healthcare system. The overall cost of
3
treating chronic wounds is rising sharply, and the current annual estimated cost in the United States exceeds $28 billion .

Complications from non-healing chronic wounds can ultimately result in significant, life-altering adverse outcomes, such as limb amputation . Ineffective
wound management is linked to numerous poor outcomes for patients, up to and including the potential for amputation of the extremity where the wound is
present. Amputation is a catastrophic event for patients, with significant impacts to their quality of life, the lives of their caretakers and the expense burden
on  the  healthcare  system.  Today,  up  to  one-fifth  of  diabetic  patients  who  develop  a  DFU  will  require  some  form  of  amputation.  Further,  patients  who
undergo a major lower extremity amputation have an increased five-year mortality rate that is comparable to, and in some cases higher than, patients with
5
many forms of cancer .

4

Advances  in  managing  chronic  and  hard-to-heal  wounds  with  solutions  such  as  our  EPIFIX®  product  have  been  shown  to  help  contribute  to  improved
outcomes  for  these  patients.  It  is  estimated  that  up  to  85%  of  amputations  are  avoidable  with  a  holistic,  multispecialty  team  approach  that  incorporates
innovative  treatments,  such  as  MIMEDX’s  products,  and  adherence  to  treatment  parameters.  MIMEDX  is  a  leader  in  the  cellular  tissue  products/skin
substitute segment of the AWC category and the amniotic tissue allograft sub-category.

The AWC market is comprised of many product types, such as medical devices, advanced dressings, xenografts, biological products, and Human Cells,
Tissues,  and  Cellular  and  Tissue  -  Based  Products  (“HTC/Ps”), which are used as skin substitutes to treat severe and chronic wounds. Not included in
AWC are traditional wound care dressings, such as bandages, gauzes and ointments, which typically are used in the treatment of non-severe or non-chronic
wounds.

The prevalence of both acute and chronic wounds has grown not only in the U.S., but also globally. While historically we have focused primarily on the
U.S. market, we are in the process of expanding our footprint internationally, most notably with the recent launch of our EPIFIX product in Japan. EPIFIX
is the first and currently the only amniotic tissue product approved in Japan for wound treatment across a broad range of conditions. We believe our first-
mover advantage, favorable reimbursement rate, and strong distribution partner set us up for long-term success in this large and growing market.

Traditional dressings such as bandages, gauzes and ointments, along with treatment of active infection and debridement, currently represent the “standard
of care” for treating chronic wounds such as DFUs and VLUs. If, after four weeks of standard of care therapy, the wound has not responded appropriately
or improved, clinical research has shown that advanced therapy such as a skin substitute can be beneficial as part of the patient’s treatment plan. However,
oftentimes advanced therapies are not employed due to current treatment guidelines, product access, or medical education around the clinical and economic
benefits  of  AWC  products,  including  skin  substitutes.  We  believe  this  represents  a  large  opportunity  for  us  to  expand  the  market  and  drive  initiatives
resulting in market growth. According to recent data, MIMEDX’s EPIFIX is the current product of choice for physicians choosing to use an amniotic skin
substitute product as a barrier or cover. Our EPIFIX, EPICORD® and EPIEFFECT® products can be stored at room temperature for up to five years, in
contrast to certain other skin substitutes currently on the market that have performance, storage or handling limitations. In addition, we market multiple
sizes of EPIFIX, EPICORD and EPIEFFECT sheets for use as protective barriers, which enables a healthcare provider to select an appropriate size graft
based on the size of the wound to reduce product waste. Our EPICORD, EPICORD Expandable and EPIEFFECT product lines also offer an alternative
treatment option to address larger, deeper wounds in a cost-effective way at a point earlier in the treatment algorithm.

With broad payor coverage, the largest body of Level 1 clinical evidence among placental allograft products and a dedicated sales team calling on each of
6
the major sites-of-service, we expect to continue to expand our presence in the AWC market, driving future growth of our business .

Surgical

3
 Chronic Wounds: Economic Impact & Costs to Medicare, https://www.woundcarestakeholders.org/news/studies-and-publications/chronic-wounds-economic-impact-costs-to-medicare
4
 Five year mortality and direct costs of care for people with diabetic foot complications are comparable to cancer, https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7092527/#CR1
5
 Epidemiology and Risk of Amputation in Patients With Diabetes Mellitus and Peripheral Artery Disease, https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/10.1161/ATVBAHA.120.314595
6
  Zelen  CM,  et  al.  Int  Wound  J.  2013;10(5):502-507.  2.  Zelen  CM.  J  Wound  Care.  2013;22(7):347-351.  3.  Zelen  CM,  et  al.  Wound  Medicine.  2014;4:1-4.  4.  Zelen  CM,  et  al.  Int  Wound  J.
2014;11(2):122-128.  5.  Zelen  CM,  et  al.  Int  Wound  J.  2015;12(6):724-732.  6.  Zelen  CM,  et  al.  Int  Wound  J.  2016;13(2):272-282.  7.  Tettelbach  W,et  al.  Int  Wound  J.  2019;16(1):122-130.  8.
Serena TE, et al. Wound Repair Regen. 2014;22(6):688-693. 9. Bianchi C, et al. Int Wound J. 2018;15(1):114-122. 10. Bianchi C, et al. Int Wound J. 2019;16(3):761-767

8

In addition to our presence in the AWC settings, our products are also used in a variety of surgical settings, and our strategic goals include building a body
of evidence and real-world use data for our products in a wide range of procedures. The applications in Surgical range from those involving the closure of
an acute wound (which we refer to as “Surgical Recovery”), to those where our allografts are used inside the body to protect or reinforce tissues and/or
regions of interest.

Acute wounds are defined as those that are recent, are acquired from an incision or trauma and have yet to progress through the sequential stages of wound
healing.  Acute  wounds  can  be  caused  accidentally  or  they  can  arise  in  the  normal  course  of  a  wide-range  of  surgical  procedures.  When  acute  wounds
present in patients with similar comorbidities to those of chronic wound patients, the risk of a slow or ineffective healing wound increases, and the risk of a
surgical site infection or other similar complication increases for the patient.

In other surgical settings, the need to protect sensitive nerves, tissues or other areas may occur during the course of a procedure and presents an opportunity
for the use of our products. We believe our placental-based allografts are ideally suited for these applications in a growing number of surgical specialties
that we are targeting and expect the utilization of our products to continue to grow over time in this market.

Our  strategy  is  to  continue  to  deliver  advanced  products  that  serve  patient  needs  within  the  Advanced  Wound  Care  and  Surgical  markets  and  increase
access to our products through clinical data generation and physician education. We estimate that the combined U.S. wound and surgical market for our
products is currently $2.0 billion ($1.1 billion in wound; $0.9 billion in surgical) and is largely under-penetrated . We expect the U.S. wound and surgical
8
market will grow at an annual rate of 7-10% over the next three to five years beginning in 2023 .

7

Our Strategic Priorities

We manage our business by focusing on the following strategic priorities, which we believe are paramount to the success of MIMEDX over the short- and
long-term.

Our first priority is to build our leadership position in Wound & Surgical. Achievement of this priority is measured by our ability to grow in all sites-of-
service, regain share in the private office setting and expand our presence throughout the Surgical end markets.

Our second priority is to develop opportunities for MIMEDX in adjacent markets. We believe our ability to continue to innovate and develop new products
has provided us with a rich product pipeline that will result in numerous product launches in future periods. In addition to these in-house efforts, we are
actively  evaluating  opportunities  to  expand  inorganically  through  acquisitions,  licensing  agreements  or  other  arrangements  that  would  afford  us  the
opportunity to augment the Company’s growth profile and expand our offering in existing and new care settings.

In  2023,  we  made  several  decisions  related  to  the  Company’s  strategy  and  also  made  structural  changes  to  our  organization,  including  disbanding  our
Regenerative Medicine business unit given the substantial uncertainties surrounding clinical trial costs and outcomes, as well as regulatory pathways and
timing,  which  had  the  effect  of  improving  our  profitability  and  cash  flow  compared  to  prior  periods.  Moving  forward,  we  plan  to  continue  to  focus  on
enhancing efficiencies across our organization and setting expense, profitability and cash flow targets as we grow our business.

By  incorporating  a  strategy  to  advance  the  scientific  and  therapeutic  potential  of  placental  tissue  and  rigorously  demonstrate  the  clinical  and  economic
effectiveness of our products, we believe we can differentiate the value of our portfolio and address multiple areas of significant unmet clinical need. We
have  focused  our  priorities  on  initiatives  across  our  organization  that  position  us  to  realize  our  commercial  ambitions  over  the  long-term  while  also
generating a profitable, cash flow positive business capable of self-funding our future growth objectives.

Our Product Portfolio & Pipeline

We  sell  our  placenta-based  allograft  products  under  our  own  brands.  We  maintain  strict  controls  on  quality  at  each  step  of  the  manufacturing  process
beginning  at  the  time  of  procurement.  Our  Quality  Management  System  is  focused  on  compliance  with  the  American  Association  of  Tissue  Banks’
(“AATB”) standards, the FDA’s CGTP regulations, and applicable foreign regulations.

Our  primary  platform  technologies  include  tissue  allografts  derived  from  human  placental  membrane  (EPIFIX®,  AMNIOFIX®,  EPIEFFECT®  and
AMNIOEFFECT®),  tissue  allografts  derived  from  human  umbilical  cord  (EPICORD®  and  AMNIOCORD®),  and  a  particulate  extracellular  matrix
derived from human placental disc (AXIOFILL®).

7
 GlobalData Tissue Engineered-Skin Sub Data Model Wound Management Year 2020 – retrieved Sept 2021
8
 GlobalData Tissue Engineered-Skin Sub Data Model Wound Management Year 2020 – retrieved Sept 2021

9

EPIFIX,  EPICORD  and  EPIEFFECT  products  are  marketed  for  external  use,  such  as  in  Advanced  Wound  Care  applications,  while  our  AMNIOFIX,
AMNIOCORD and AMNIOEFFECT products are positioned for use in Surgical applications, including lower extremity repair, plastic surgery, vascular
surgery  and  multiple  orthopedic  repairs  and  reconstruction,  and  our  AXIOFILL  product  is  positioned  for  use  in  the  replacement  or  supplementation  of
damaged or inadequate integumental tissue.

Wound Portfolio

EPIFIX

EPIFIX is a protective barrier allograft comprised of dehydrated human amnion/chorion membrane that may be used in the treatment of chronic wounds,
including diabetic foot ulcers (DFUs), venous leg ulcers (VLUs), and pressure ulcers. EPIFIX is available in an assortment of sheet configurations and
sizes to accommodate various wounds.

EPICORD

EPICORD  is  a  dehydrated  human  umbilical  cord  allograft  that  may  be  used  to  provide  a  protective  environment  for  the  healing  process.  Compared  to
EPIFIX, EPICORD is thicker than our amniotic membrane allografts and can be applied in deeper wounds or in areas where suturing the allograft in place
may be advantageous. EPICORD is available as a sheet or an expandable form that can expand to twice its size.

EPIEFFECT

EPIEFFECT  is  a  lyophilized,  tri-layer  placental  tissue  allograft  that  contains  amnion,  intermediate  layer,  and  chorion  membranes.  This  product  was
launched in October 2023 and represents the latest innovation in our product pipeline to deliver a thick, robust allograft to the market in a wide range of
sizes for use as a barrier during chronic wound treatment, including deep or tunneling wound areas.

Surgical Portfolio

AMNIOFIX

AMNIOFIX  is  a  protective  barrier  allograft  comprised  of  dehydrated  human  amnion/chorion  membrane  that  may  be  used  in  Surgical  Recovery
applications. AMNIOFIX is available in an assortment of sheet configurations and sizes for internal use, including in the areas of lower extremity repair,
spine, orthopedic, sports medicine, gastrointestinal, urologic, and other general surgery applications.

MIMEDX also has a micronized version of this product that it no longer markets or sells in the United States. As further discussed below under the heading
“Government Regulation and Compliance - 2017 FDA Guidance and Transition Policy for HCT/Ps,” the FDA clarified in its 2017 guidance that it regards
micronized amniotic membrane products as subject to FDA licensure as biological products under Section 351 of the Public Health Service Act (“Section
351”).

AMNIOCORD

AMNIOCORD  is  a  dehydrated  human  umbilical  cord  allograft  that  may  be  used  to  provide  a  protective  environment  for  the  healing  process.  These
products are thicker than our amniotic membrane allografts and can be used in surgical settings where an allograft needs to be applied to a deeper area or
needs to be sutured in place.

AMNIOEFFECT

AMNIOEFFECT is a tri-layer placental tissue allograft that contains amnion, intermediate layer, and chorion membranes. This product is designed to meet
the needs of surgeons performing procedures where a more robust allograft with expansive size offerings is desired.

AXIOFILL

AXIOFILL is an extracellular matrix derived from human placental disc, and is designed to provide a cost-effective human collagen scaffold that is
conducive for use in large, complex wounds and those of irregular geometries. Our AXIOFILL product has seen most uptake by clinicians primarily
focused on Surgical applications.

We continue to research new opportunities for amniotic and other placental tissue, and we have additional offerings in various stages of conceptualization
and development.

Placenta Donation Program

10

In order to obtain the source material for our human birth tissue-based product portfolio, we partner with physicians and hospitals to recover donations of
these materials at hospitals around the United States. Through our donor program, a mother who delivers a healthy baby via Caesarean section can donate
her placenta and umbilical cord tissue in lieu of having it discarded as medical waste. After consent for donation is obtained, a blood sample from each
donor is tested for communicable diseases, and the donor is screened for risk factors in order to determine eligibility in compliance with federal regulations
and AATB standards. We operate a licensed tissue bank that is registered as a tissue establishment with the FDA, and we are an accredited member of the
AATB. All donor records and test results are reviewed by our Medical Director and staff prior to the release of the tissue for distribution.

We have developed a large, geographically diverse, network of hospitals across the United States that participate in our placenta donation program, and we
employ  a  dedicated  staff  that  work  with  these  hospitals.  We  also  utilize  third-party  providers  of  placenta  donations  on  an  as-  needed  basis  to  mitigate
business risk. We believe that we will be able to obtain an adequate supply of tissue to meet anticipated demand for the foreseeable future.

Processing (Manufacturing)

The Company has developed and patented a unique and proprietary technique (PURION) for processing allografts from the donated placental tissue. This
technique specifically focuses on preserving the tissue’s natural growth factor content and regulatory proteins and maintaining the structure and collagen
matrix  of  the  tissue.  Our  patented  and  proprietary  processing  method  employs  aseptic  processing  techniques  in  addition  to  terminal  sterilization  for
increased product safety. Despite starting with similar placental tissues, all placental tissue products and processing methods are not the same – we believe
that our proprietary process preserves more of the natural beneficial characteristics of the tissue than the processes used by many of our competitors.

The PURION process produces an allograft that retains the tissue’s inherent biological properties and regulatory proteins (including cytokines, chemokines,
and growth factors) found in the placental tissue and produces an allograft that is safe and easy for healthcare providers to use. Our allografts can be stored
at room temperature and have a five-year shelf life. Each sheet allograft incorporates specialized visual markings that assist the health care practitioner with
allograft placement and orientation.

To  ensure  the  safety  of  human  tissue  products,  the  FDA  enforces  CGTP  manufacturing  regulations.  We  believe  that  MIMEDX  has  developed  robust
systems  to  comply  with,  and  is  in  compliance  with,  these  regulations.  As  an  important  part  of  the  Company’s  product  safety  compliance,  MIMEDX
products are terminally sterilized to an internationally recognized industry standard in addition to having been processed via the PURION process.

Our facilities are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities and may undergo compliance inspections conducted
by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies. We are registered with the FDA as a tissue establishment and are subject to the FDA’s CGTP
quality program regulations, state regulations, and regulations promulgated by various regulatory authorities outside the United States.

The FDA initiated inspections covering our Marietta, Georgia, and Kennesaw, Georgia, processing facilities from February 22, 2023, through March 2,
2023.  During  the  inspections,  the  FDA  communicated  that  our  product,  AXIOFILL,  appeared  to  be  regulated  under  Section  351  of  the  Public  Health
Service Act (the “PHS Act”). Based on this position, the FDA inspected the facilities related to AXIOFILL production using regulations 21 CFR 210 and
211, relating to finished pharmaceutical products in addition to 21 CFR 1271, relating to HCT/Ps (as defined below). The FDA issued a Form 483, which is
a list of inspectional observations, at the conclusion of each inspection. Specifically, the FDA issued a Form 483 consisting of one (1) observation at our
Marietta, Georgia, processing facility, and a Form 483 consisting of six (6) observations at our Kennesaw, Georgia, processing facility. All observations
were related to our AXIOFILL product and 21 CFR 211. There were no observations relating to noncompliance with 21 CFR 1271.

MIMEDX engaged with the FDA regarding the inspections’ observations and the appropriate classification of AXIOFILL. MIMEDX received a Warning
Letter on December 21, 2023, relating to the inspections and classification of AXIOFILL. MIMEDX continues to engage with the FDA on this matter,
working through the process outlined by the FDA to obtain a formal determination of AXIOFILL’s classification.

In December 2019, the FDA also conducted inspections at each of our Marietta, Georgia and Kennesaw, Georgia processing facilities. The FDA also issued
a Form 483 for each facility at the conclusion of the inspection, which consisted of nine observations at our Marietta, Georgia processing facility and 14
observations at our Kennesaw, Georgia processing facility. During the FDA’s audit of our facilities in 2023, it was confirmed that these observations were
closed out and/or resolved.

Intellectual Property

11

Our  intellectual  property  includes  owned  and  licensed  patents,  owned  and  licensed  patent  applications  and  patents  pending,  proprietary  manufacturing
processes and trade secrets, and trademarks associated with our technology. We believe that our patents, proprietary manufacturing processes, trade secrets,
trademarks, and technology licensing rights provide us with important competitive advantages.

Patents and Patent Applications

Due to the substantial expertise and investment of time, effort and financial resources required to bring new regenerative biomaterial products and implants
to  the  market,  the  importance  of  obtaining  and  maintaining  patent  protection  for  significant  new  technologies,  products  and  processes  cannot  be
underestimated.  As  of  the  date  of  the  filing  of  this  Annual  Report,  in  addition  to  international  patents  and  patent  applications,  we  own  74  U.S.  patents
related to our amniotic tissue technology and products, and 25 additional patent applications covering aspects of this technology are pending at the United
States Patent and Trademark Office. The vast majority of our domestic patents covering our core amniotic tissue technology and products will not begin to
expire until August 2027. Globally, the Company has over 200 issued and pending patents.

Marketing and Sales

Our  direct  sales  team  includes  field  sales  representatives  and  field  sales  management,  who  call  on  hospitals,  wound  care  clinics,  physician  offices,  and
federal health care facilities such as the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”) and Department of Defense (“DoD”) hospitals. Our direct sales force
primarily  focuses  on  the  Wound  and  Surgical  categories  through  multiple  sites  of  service.  We  also  maintain  a  network  of  independent  sales  agents  that
focus on Surgical applications leveraging the complementary products in their portfolios, and provide access to certain customers, as well as sales coverage
for areas where we do not have a full-time sales representative.

We also sell our products through distributors. Distributors purchase products from us at wholesale prices and resell products to providers and end users.
For example, in Japan, our distribution partner, Gunze Medical, purchases products from us and is responsible for sales to the end users for the approved
indications of use and at the prevailing reimbursement rate for the product.

Coverage and Reimbursement

With the exception of government accounts, most purchasers of our products include physicians, hospitals, or ambulatory surgery centers (“ASCs”) that
rely  on  reimbursement  by  third-party  payers.  Accordingly,  our  growth  substantially  depends  on  adequate  levels  of  third-party  reimbursement  for  our
products  from  these  payers.  Third-party  payers  are  sensitive  to  the  cost  of  products  and  services  and  are  increasingly  seeking  to  implement  cost
containment measures to control, restrict access to, or influence the purchase of health care products and services. In the U.S., such payers include U.S.
federal  healthcare  programs  (e.g.,  Medicare  and  Medicaid),  private  insurance  plans,  managed  care  programs,  and  workers’  compensation  plans.  Federal
healthcare  programs  have  prescribed  coverage  criteria  and  reimbursement  rates  for  medical  products,  services,  and  procedures.  Similarly,  private,  third-
party  payers  have  their  own  coverage  criteria  and  negotiate  reimbursement  amounts  for  medical  products,  services,  and  procedures  with  providers.  In
addition, in the U.S., an increasing percentage of insured individuals are receiving their medical care through managed care programs (including managed
federal healthcare programs) which monitor and may require pre-approval of the products and services that a member receives. Ultimately, however, each
third-party payer determines whether and on what conditions they will provide coverage for our products, and such decisions often include each payer’s
assessment of the science and efficacy of the applicable product.

A portion of our products is purchased by U.S. government accounts (e.g., the VA and the Public Health Service, including the Indian Health Service),
which do not depend on reimbursement from third-party payers. In order for us to be eligible to have our products purchased by such federal agencies and
paid for by the Medicaid program, federal law requires us to participate in the VA Federal Supply Schedule (“FSS”) pricing program.

Medicare Coverage

The  largest  third-party  payer  in  the  United  States  is  the  Medicare  program,  which  is  a  federally-funded  program  that  provides  healthcare  coverage  for
senior citizens and certain disabled individuals. The Medicare program is administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), an
agency  within  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”).  Medicare  Administrative  Contractors  (“MACs”)  are  private  insurance
companies  that  serve  as  agents  of  CMS  in  the  administration  of  the  Medicare  program  and  are  responsible  for  making  coverage  decisions  and  paying
claims for the designated Medicare jurisdiction. There are seven Part A/B MACs in the U.S., which cover 12 unique geographical jurisdictions. Each MAC
also has its own standards and process for determining coverage and reimbursement for a procedure or product. Private payers often follow the lead of
governmental  payers  in  making  coverage  and  reimbursement  determinations.  Therefore,  achieving  favorable  Medicare  coverage  and  reimbursement  is
usually a significant gating factor for successful adoption of a new product or clinical application by private payers.

12

The  coverage  and  reimbursement  framework  for  products  under  Medicare  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Social  Security  Act  and  pursuant  to
regulations promulgated by CMS, as well as the agency’s coverage and reimbursement guidance. In some cases, CMS does not specify coverage, leaving
each  of  the  MACs  to  determine  whether  and  on  what  conditions  they  will  provide  coverage  for  the  product.  Such  decisions  are  based  on  each  MAC’s
assessments  of  the  science  and  efficacy  of  the  applicable  product.  As  noted  below  under  the  heading  “Research  and  Development,”  we  have  devoted
significant resources to clinical studies to provide data to the MACs, as well as other payers, in order to demonstrate the clinical efficacy and economic
effectiveness  of  our  tissue  technologies.  As  of  the  date  of  this  report,  both  EPIFIX  and  EPICORD  allografts  are  eligible  for  coverage  by  all  MACs.  In
January  2019,  EPIFIX  and  EPICORD  received  separate  CMS  HCPCS  Codes,  Q4186  and  Q4187,  distinguishing  each  product  in  coverage  and
reimbursement policies. On July 1, 2023, EPIEFFECT received a CMS Code Q4278, also.

For  Medicare  reimbursement  purposes,  our  EPIFIX  and  EPICORD  allografts  are  classified  as  “skin  substitutes.”  Current  reimbursement  methodology
varies between the hospital outpatient department (“HOPD”) and ASC setting versus the physician office. Currently, within the HOPD and ASC places of
service,  skin  substitutes  are  reimbursed  under  a  “packaged”  or  “bundled”  methodology  that  provides  a  single  payment  for  both  the  application  of  the
product as well as the product itself. CMS classifies skin substitutes into low cost or high cost groups, based on a geometric mean unit cost and per day
cost. For 2022, the geometric mean unit cost threshold applicable to both our EPIFIX and EPICORD allograft products was $48 per square centimeter, and
the per day cost threshold was $949. For 2023, the geometric mean unit cost threshold applicable to both our EPIFIX and EPICORD allograft products was
$47 per square centimeter, and the per day cost threshold was $949. For 2024, the geometric mean unit cost threshold applicable to our EPIFIX, EPICORD
and  EPIEFFECT  allograft  products  is  $47  per  square  centimeter,  and  the  per  day  cost  threshold  was  $807.  The  national  HOPD  average  packaged
(“bundled”) rate for our EPIFIX and EPICORD allograft products was $1,549 in 2019, $1,623 in 2020, $1,715 in 2021, $1,749.26 in 2022, and $1,725 in
2023. The national HOPD average packaged (“bundled”) rate for our EPIFIX, EPICORD and EPIEFFECT products in 2024 is $1,738. CMS assigns lower
national rates to the ASC to reflect a less resource-intensive place of service. Revenue in the ASC setting constitutes less than 1% of the Company’s annual
net sales. Medicare payments for most items and services, including EPIFIX and EPICORD sheet products, have been subject to sequestration reductions
of approximately 2% periodically from 2013.

Currently, providers that administer EPIFIX, EPICORD or EPIEFFECT allografts and other skin substitutes in the physician office setting are reimbursed
based on the size of the graft, computed on a per square centimeter basis. The payment rate is calculated using the manufacturer’s reported average sales
price (“ASP”)  submitted  quarterly  to  CMS.  This  payment  methodology  applies  to  physician  offices,  as  well  as  places  of  service  such  as  patient  home,
assisted living and nursing home. The Medicare payment rates are updated quarterly based on this ASP information for many skin substitute products but
not  all.  EPIFIX,  EPICORD  and  EPIEFFECT  are  included  on  the  Medicare  national  ASP  Drug  Pricing  File.  The  published  skin  substitute  Medicare
payment rate established by statute is ASP plus 6%. Reimbursement for products not included on the Medicare national ASP Drug Pricing File are at the
discretion of each MAC, which typically is invoice cost or wholesale acquisition cost (“WAC”) plus 6%.

In 2022, CMS announced plans to potentially change the reimbursement mechanism for skin substitutes in the physician office setting but did not propose
or  enact  any  national  changes  to  the  rules  for  these  products.  In  March  2023,  the  Office  of  Inspector  General  published  a  report  entitled,  “Some  Skin
Substitute Manufacturers Did Not Comply with New ASP Reporting Requirements,” which detailed extensive problematic expenditure issues associated
with  the  current  Medicare  reimbursement  landscape  in  the  private  physician  office  setting  for  some  skin  substitute  products.  In  alignment  with  many
industry stakeholders, including MIMEDX, the report recommended that all skin substitute products transition to ASP-based payments as soon as possible
in an effort to substantially reduce Medicare expenditures for these products. Over the last several quarters, there has been a notable increase in the number
of skin substitute products listed on the Medicare ASP list, but non-ASP or WAC-based products still remain available in the marketplace.

In August 2023, three MACs published changes to their Local Coverage Determinations (“LCDs”) that were intended to go into effect on October 1, 2023,
before ultimately being abandoned. These LCDs included language that would have lowered the number of allowed applications of a product below what is
commonly used in standard practice by physicians today (supported by clinical evidence) and reflected by LCDs currently in force with the MACs.
Additionally, the LCDs outlined those skin substitute products which would explicitly be eligible for coverage and those which would not. While these
LCDs ultimately were not implemented, the MACs have indicated plans to bring forth a new proposed LCD for skin substitutes in the future, which could
include elements that could be unfavorable to our business.

Private Payers

We have devoted considerable resources to clinical trials to support coverage and reimbursement of our products. An increasing number of private payers
reimburse for EPIFIX and EPICORD in the physician office, the HOPD and the ASC settings, and we have complete national commercial coverage for the
use of EPIFIX in the treatment of DFUs. Coverage and reimbursement

13

vary according to the patient’s health plan and related benefits. The majority of health plans currently provide coverage for EPIFIX and EPICORD for the
treatment of DFUs, and many include treatment of VLUs. MIMEDX has secured payer coverage for over 300 million covered lives, allowing a significant
number of patients access to our products. Information contributing to the coverage determination included a third-party technical brief (by the Agency for
Healthcare Research and Quality (“AHRQ”)) that evaluated a number of skin substitutes for treating chronic wounds, in which EPIFIX was noted to have
the most Randomized Controlled Trials, a low risk of overall study bias, and statistically significant findings.

Our  newest  product,  EPIEFFECT,  has  also  started  to  receive  private  reimbursement  in  certain  regions  of  the  U.S.  and  we  are  focused  on  continuing  to
increase the number of covered lives eligible for this product in the future.

We  have  established  and  continue  to  grow  a  reimbursement  support  group  to  educate  providers  and  patients  with  regard  to  accurate  coverage  and
reimbursement information regarding our products, and plan to continue investing in clinical data supportive of coverage for our products in additional
clinical areas of use.

Hospital Use

Products administered in the hospital inpatient setting are bundled when submitted as part of the hospital’s claim under a diagnosis-related group (“DRG”).
In these cases, we continue to educate the hospital that our products are cost-effective, and have the potential to improve patient outcomes and reduce the
length of stay. We are working to develop additional health economic data to support this effort. As noted above, the ability to sell products in a hospital is
dependent upon demonstrating to the hospital the product’s efficacy and cost effectiveness.

Seasonality

Revenues  during  our  fourth  quarter  tend  to  be  stronger  than  other  quarters  because  many  hospitals  increase  their  purchases  of  our  products  during  the
fourth quarter to coincide with the end of their budget cycles in the United States. Satisfaction of patient deductibles through the course of the year also
results in increased revenues later in the year. In general, our first quarter usually has lower revenues than the preceding fourth quarter, the second and third
quarters have higher revenues than the first quarter, and the fourth quarter revenues are the highest in the year.

Customer Concentration

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, our top ten customers accounted for 20%, 19% and 19%, respectively, of our net sales, and net
sales to all U.S. government accounts comprised approximately 2%, 2% and 3%, respectively, of our net sales.

Competition

Due to lower barriers to entry in the Section 361 HCT/P regulated market, competition in the placenta-based and allograft tissue field is intense and subject
to  new  entrants  and  evolving  market  dynamics.  Companies  within  the  industry  compete  on  the  basis  of  price,  ease  of  handling,  logistics  and  efficacy.
Another important factor is third-party reimbursement, which is difficult to obtain as it is a time-consuming and expensive process. We believe our success
in obtaining third-party reimbursement, our strong position with group purchasing organizations, and the established clinical evidence for our products are
competitive advantages.

In February 2020, the AHRQ published a technology assessment analyzing Skin Substitutes for Treating Chronic Wounds. AHRQ conducted a literature
search  yielding  164  studies  and  81  Supplemental  Evidence  and  Data  for  Systematic  Reviews  (“SEADs”)  submissions.  Only  22  randomized,  controlled
trials (“RCTs”) met the inclusion criteria to be reviewed in the AHRQ analysis, and out of the 22 RCTs MIMEDX had six RCTs included in the final brief.
Of  the  22  studies  reviewed,  only  12  were  assessed  as  low  risk  of  bias,  of  which  five  were  MIMEDX  RCTs.  This  important  government  assessment
highlights our commitment to providing unbiased level 1 clinical evidence in advanced wound treatment. This dedication to elevating the standard of care
is  further  underscored  by  the  fact  that  the  AHRQ  points  out  in  its  assessment  that  MIMEDX  was  the  only  entity  to  provide  two  studies  out  of  the  22
evaluated  that  performed  a  subgroup  analysis  of  patients  with  DFUs  that  received  adequate  debridement.  Both  studies  reported  an  increase  in  wounds
healed with adequate debridement.

AWC therapies employ technologies to aid in wound healing in cases where the wound is chronic and healing progress has stalled or stopped. The primary
competitive products in the skin substitutes category include, among others, placental-tissue allografts, tissue-engineered living skin equivalents, porcine-,
bovine-  and  fish  skin-derived  xenografts  and  collagen  matrix  products.  Xenografts,  or  tissue  transplants  from  non-human  species,  serve  mainly  as  an
extracellular  matrix  and  have  to  undergo  aggressive  processing  to  remove  immunogenic  animal  products  from  the  tissue.  In  addition,  challenges  with
xenografts include limited clinical published data, and some products may require suturing or stapling to the wound bed, making handling

14

more difficult. Furthermore, other skin substitutes currently on the market require cryogenic freezer storage and have limited shelf life.

Our  main  competitors  in  the  skin  substitute  market  include  Integra  LifeSciences  Holdings  Corporation,  Organogenesis,  Inc.,  and  Smith  &  Nephew  plc,
which sell a variety of AWC products, including skin substitutes and placental tissue allografts. In addition, the overall market is competitive, with a large
number of other, smaller and oftentimes privately-held competitors that compete regionally and nationally.

Government Regulation and Compliance

The products we sell are regulated by the FDA in the United States. The products currently manufactured and processed by the Company are derived from
human tissue. Generally, our products currently sold in the United States are regulated as Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue - Based Products
(“HCT/Ps”),  and  are  subject  solely  to  Section  361  of  the  Public  Health  Service  Act  (“Section 361”)  and  related  regulations,  which  do  not  require  pre-
market clearance or approval by the FDA. We do not currently sell in the United States those cellular and tissue-based products considered to be drugs,
devices, and/or biological products (“Section 351 HCT/Ps”) subject to licensure under Section 351 of the Public Health Service Act (“Section 351”) and
related regulations. Section 351 HCT/Ps are regulated as biological products, and, in order to be lawfully marketed in the United States, require FDA pre-
market approval.

Tissue Products

In  1997,  the  FDA  proposed  a  regulatory  framework  for  cells  and  tissues.  This  framework  was  intended  to  provide  adequate  protection  of  public  health
while enabling the development of new therapies and products with limited regulatory burden. A key innovation in the system was that covered HCT/Ps
would be regulated solely under Section 361 and would not be subject to pre-market clearance. The registration and listing rules were finalized in January
2001  in  21  CFR  Part  1271.  Additional  rules  regarding  donor  eligibility  and  good  tissue  practices  were  soon  adopted.  Together,  these  rules  form  a
comprehensive system intended to encourage significant innovation.

The FDA requires each HCT/P establishment to register and establish that its product meets the requirements to qualify for regulation solely under Section
361. To be a Section 361 HCT/P, a cellular or tissue-based product generally must meet all four of the following criteria (fully set forth in 21 CFR Part
1271):

•
•
•
•

it must be minimally manipulated;
it must be intended for homologous use;
its manufacture must not involve combination with another article, except for water, crystalloids or a sterilizing, preserving or storage agent; and
it must not have a systemic effect and must not be dependent upon the metabolic activity of living cells for its primary function.

Certain amniotic and other birth tissues are considered cellular and tissue-based articles and are therefore eligible for regulation solely as a Section 361
HCT/P depending on whether the specific product at issue and the claims made for it are consistent with the criteria set forth above. HCT/Ps that do not
meet these criteria are subject to more extensive regulation as drugs, medical devices, biological products, or combination products.

Products Regulated Solely as Section 361 HCT/Ps

The FDA has specific regulations governing HCT/Ps, including some regulations specific to Section 361 HCT/Ps, which are set forth in 21 CFR Part 1271.
All establishments that manufacture Section 361 HCT/Ps must register and list their HCT/Ps with the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research
within five days after commencing operations. In addition, establishments are required to update their registration annually in December or within 30 days
of certain changes and submit changes in HCT/P listing at the time of or within six months of such change.

The regulations in 21 CFR Part 1271 also require establishments to comply with donor screening, eligibility and testing requirements, and CGTP to prevent
the introduction, transmission and spread of communicable diseases. The CGTP govern, as may be applicable, the facilities, controls, and methods used in
the manufacture of all HCT/Ps, including processing, storage, recovery, labeling, packaging, and distribution of Section 361 HCT/Ps. CGTP require us,
among  other  things,  to  maintain  a  quality  program,  train  personnel,  control,  and  monitor  environmental  conditions  as  appropriate,  control  and  validate
processes, properly store, handle and test our products and raw materials, maintain our facilities and equipment, keep records and comply with standards
regarding  recovery,  pre-distribution,  distribution,  tracking  and  labeling  of  our  products,  and  complaint  handling.  21  CFR  Part  1271  also  mandates
compliance with adverse reaction and CGTP deviation reporting and labeling requirements.

The FDA conducts periodic inspections of HCT/P manufacturing facilities, and contract manufacturers’ facilities, to assess compliance with CGTP. Such
inspections can occur at any time, with or without written notice, at such frequency as determined

15

by the FDA in its sole discretion. To determine compliance with the applicable provisions, the inspection may include, but is not limited to, an assessment
of the establishment’s facilities, equipment, finished and unfinished materials, containers, processes, HCT/Ps, procedures, labeling, records, files, papers
and  controls  required  to  be  maintained  under  21  CFR  Part  1271.  If  the  FDA  were  to  find  serious  non-compliant  manufacturing  or  processing  practices
during  such  an  inspection,  it  could  take  regulatory  actions  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  and  cash
flows.

2017 FDA Guidance and Transition Policy for HCT/Ps

In  November  2017,  the  FDA  released  four  guidance  documents  that,  collectively,  the  agency  described  as  a  “comprehensive  policy  framework”  for
applying existing laws and regulations governing regenerative medicine products, including HCT/Ps. One guidance document in particular, “Regulatory
Considerations for Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue – Based Products: Minimal Manipulation and Homologous Use – Guidance for Industry
and Food and Drug Administration Staff,” offered important clarity.

The  guidance  documents  confirmed  that  sheet  forms  of  amniotic  membrane  generally  are  appropriately  regulated  as  solely  Section  361  HCT/Ps  when
intended for use as a barrier or covering. We continually evaluate our marketing materials for each of our products to align with FDA guidance.

Second, the guidance documents confirmed the FDA’s stance that all micronized amniotic membrane products are more than minimally manipulated, and
therefore do not qualify as Section 361 HCT/Ps. However, the guidance documents also stated that the FDA intended to exercise enforcement discretion
under limited conditions with respect to the IND application and pre-market approval requirements for certain HCT/Ps through November 2020, which was
later extended through May 2021. This period of enforcement discretion was intended to give sponsors time to evaluate their products, have a dialogue with
the agency and, if necessary, begin clinical trials and file the appropriate pre-market applications. The FDA’s approach was risk-based, and the guidance
documents clarified that high-risk products and uses could be subject to immediate enforcement action.

This  enforcement  discretion  applied  across  our  industry,  and  during  the  period,  the  Company  continued  to  market  its  products  under  this  policy  of
enforcement discretion. After May 31, 2021, the Company ceased marketing or selling in the United States its products that were impacted by enforcement
discretion, including its micronized dehydrated human amnion chorion membrane (“mDHACM”) products.

The Company is engaged with the FDA regarding the classification of AXIOFILL and certain of its other products. If the FDA makes a final determination
that these products do not meet the requirements for regulation solely under Section 361 then, in order to continue to market the products, the Company
would be required to obtain the appropriate FDA clearance or approval.

The  FDA  has  broad  regulatory  compliance  and  enforcement  powers.  If  the  FDA  determines  that  the  Company  has  failed  to  comply  with  applicable
regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, such as issuing an FDA Form 483 notice of inspectional observations;
sending a warning letter or untitled letter; issuing an order of retention, destruction, or cessation of marketing; imposing civil money penalties; suspending
or  delaying  issuance  of  approvals;  requiring  product  recalls;  imposing  a  total  or  partial  shutdown  of  production;  withdrawing  approvals  or  clearances
already granted; pursuing product seizures, consent decrees or other injunctive relief; and criminal prosecution through the Department of Justice (“DOJ”).

FDA Post–Market Regulation

Tissue  processors  regulated  solely  under  Section  361  are  still  required  to  register  as  a  tissue  establishment  with  the  FDA.  As  a  registered  tissue
establishment, we are required to comply with regulations regarding labeling, record keeping, donor eligibility, screening, and testing. We are also required
to process the tissue in accordance with established CGTP, as well as report any deviations from core CGTP requirements or adverse reactions caused by a
possible transmission of an infectious disease attributed to our tissue. Our facilities are also subject to periodic inspections to assess our compliance with
the regulations.

Other Regulation Specific to Tissue Products

National Organ Transplant Act

Procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the restrictions of the National Organ Transplant Act (“NOTA”), which
prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue, for valuable consideration, but permits the reimbursement of reasonable
expenses  associated  with  the  removal,  transportation,  implantation,  processing,  preservation,  quality  control,  and  storage  of  human  tissue  and  skin.  Our
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  MiMedx  Tissue  Services,  LLC,  is  registered  with  the  FDA  as  an  establishment  that  manufactures  human  cells,  tissues,  and
cellular and tissue- based products and is involved with the recovery and storage of donated human placental tissues. We reimburse tissue banks, hospitals,
and physicians for their services associated with the recovery and storage of donated human tissue.

16

Tissue Bank Laws, Regulations, and Related Accreditation

As discussed above, we are required to register with the FDA as an establishment that manufactures human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based
products. We are licensed, registered, or permitted as a tissue bank in California, New York, Delaware, Illinois, Oregon, and Maryland. Additionally, we
received  and  actively  maintain  AATB  accreditation.  The  AATB  has  issued  operating  standards  for  tissue  banking.  Compliance  with  these  standards  is
required  in  order  to  become  an  AATB-accredited  tissue  establishment.  AATB  standards  include  specific  requirements  for  recovery,  screening,  testing,
labeling, processing, and storing of birth tissue. We maintain compliance with AATB standards and our state licensure requirements.

To the extent we sell our products outside of the United States, we also are subject to laws and regulations of foreign countries.

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including CMS,
other divisions of the HHS (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the DOJ and individual United States Attorney offices within the DOJ, and state and
local governments. These regulations include those described below.

•

•

•

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”), which is a criminal law that prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully
offering, soliciting, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in
cash or in kind, to induce or reward referrals, purchases or orders, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, order or referral of any item or
service for which payment may be made in whole or in part by a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The
term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act amended the intent
requirement of the federal AKS, so that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. A
conviction for violation of the AKS results in criminal fines and requires mandatory exclusion from participation in federal health care programs.
Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal AKS that protect certain common industry practices
from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and arrangements may be subject to scrutiny or penalty if they do not fully
satisfy all elements of an available exception or safe harbor.

The  federal  False  Claims  Act  (“FCA”)  imposes  significant  civil  liability  on  any  person  or  entity  that  knowingly  presents,  or  causes  to  be
presented, a claim for payment to the U.S. government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, that is false or fraudulent. The FCA also
allows a private individual or entity as a whistleblower to sue on behalf of the government to recover civil penalties and treble damages. FCA
liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for significant damages (treble) and mandatory penalties
per  false  claim  or  statement.  As  a  result  of  a  modification  made  by  the  Fraud  Enforcement  and  Recovery  Act  of  2009,  a  claim  includes  “any
request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) fraud and abuse provisions prohibit executing a scheme to
defraud  any  healthcare  benefit  program,  willfully  obstructing  a  criminal  investigation  of  a  health  care  offense,  or  making  false  statements  or
concealing a material fact relating to payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

• While  manufacturers  of  human  cell  and  tissue  products  regulated  solely  under  Section  361  are  not  subject  to  the  federal  Physician  Payments
Sunshine  Act  and  its  implementing  regulations  (together  with  the  Act,  the  “Sunshine Act”),  in  the  future,  if  we  expand  our  product  portfolio
beyond those regulated solely under Section 361, this law will require us (with certain exceptions) to report information to CMS related to certain
payments or other transfers of value we make to U.S.-licensed physicians and teaching hospitals, and for reports submitted on or after January 1,
2022,  physician  assistants,  nurse  practitioners,  clinical  nurse  specialists,  certified  nurse  anesthetists  and  certified  nurse-midwives.  Such
information  will  subsequently  be  made  publicly  available  by  CMS  on  the  Open  Payments  website.  There  is  a  risk  that  CMS  or  another
government agency may take the position that our products are not human cell and tissue products regulated solely under Section 361, and thereby
assert  that  we  are  currently  subject  to  the  Sunshine  Act,  which  could  subject  us  to  civil  penalties  and  the  administrative  burden  of  having  to
comply with the law.

•

•

Federal conflicts of interest laws, the Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch, and local site policies for each federal
institution we call upon govern our interactions with federal employees at our various government accounts (e.g., DoD, VA, etc.) and impose a
number of limitations on such interactions.

There  are  state  law  equivalents  of  each  of  the  above  federal  laws,  such  as  anti-kickback  and  false  claims  laws,  which  may  apply  to  items  or
services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often
are not preempted by federal laws, thus complicating compliance efforts.

17

In addition, we may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business.
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”) and its implementing regulations, imposes
certain  requirements  relating  to  the  privacy,  security  and  transmission  of  protected  health  information.  Among  other  things,  HITECH  made  HIPAA’s
privacy  and  security  standards  directly  applicable  to  “business  associates,”  independent  contractors  or  agents  of  covered  entities  that  receive  or  obtain
protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary
penalties,  amended  HIPAA  to  make  civil  and  criminal  penalties  directly  applicable  to  business  associates  and  possibly  other  persons  and  gave  state
attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees
and  costs  associated  with  pursuing  federal  civil  actions.  In  addition,  state  laws  govern  the  privacy  and  security  of  health  information  in  certain
circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

International Regulation (Japan)

In 2021, MIMEDX received regulatory approval from the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (JMHLW) to market EPIFIX in Japan. Under
JMHLW guidelines, EPIFIX is classified as a Class IV Medical Device and “Specified Biological Product” and is approved for the treatment of refractory
ulcers,  such  as  DFUs  and  VLUs  that  do  not  respond  to  conventional  therapy.  As  a  condition  of  the  final  approval,  MIMEDX  will  conduct  post-market
surveillance, consisting of a limited study of over 75 participants. The JMHLW has the ultimate responsibility of granting final approval on all Class III and
IV  Medical  Devices  and  “Specified  Biological  Products.”  All  approved  products  in  Japan,  including  EPIFIX,  are  regulated  by  the  Pharmaceuticals  and
Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”), which acts as the technical arm of the JMHLW. The PMDA serves in a similar function as the FDA in the United
States, and is responsible for ensuring the safety, efficacy, and quality of pharmaceuticals and medical devices in Japan. The PMDA provides review and
approval of medical devices, QMS/GLP/GCP inspections, and collection and analysis of adverse event reports.

MIMEDX also secured reimbursement approval from JMHLW in September 2022 with an awarded rate of 35,100 Yen/cm , and subsequently entered into
an exclusive distribution agreement with Gunze Medical for sales of EPIFIX in Japan. Insurance coverage for EPIFIX will provide doctors and patients in
Japan with new treatment options and optimal wound care.

2

Research and Development

Our  research  and  development  group  has  extensive  experience  in  developing  products  for  our  target  markets,  and  works  to  design  products  that  are
intended to improve patient outcomes, simplify techniques, shorten procedures, reduce hospitalization and rehabilitation times and, as a result, reduce costs.
Our research and development group also works to establish scientific evidence in support of the use of our products. Clinical trials that demonstrate the
safety, efficacy and cost effectiveness of our products are key to obtaining broader third-party reimbursement for our products. In addition to our internal
staff, we contract with outside laboratories and physicians who aid us in our research and development process. See Part II, Item 7, below, for information
regarding expenditures for research and development in each of the last three fiscal years.

Environmental, Social & Governance Matters (“ESG”)

At MIMEDX, we are committed to improving people’s health and lives through innovation that makes healing possible. Our product offering is derived
from donated human placental and umbilical cord tissue, which are processed into products used by health professionals to treat patients suffering from
both acute and chronic hard-to-heal wounds. We are continuously looking to expand the breadth of our product offering, further leveraging birth tissue that
would otherwise become medical waste, and have a product pipeline that includes innovations for wound and surgical end markets. Our Core Values define
how we lead the field with rigorous science, help clinicians elevate the standard of care, provide a safe and healthy environment for our employees, and
work and grow as a company.

In an effort to deliver long-term value to all of our stakeholders, we incorporate environmental, social, and governance (ESG) objectives that are relevant to
our business. These ESG objectives are informed by a combination of feedback from our stakeholders as well as leading ESG frameworks, such as the
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) Medical Equipment & Supplies standards, under the oversight of our Board of Directors.

Environmental Matters

Stewardship is a Core Value at MIMEDX. We are stewards of a precious, life-protecting and life-giving resource – human birth tissue – which currently
represent the biological source material for all of our products. Without our placental donation and recovery program, this material would most likely be
discarded as medical waste at the hospital. We do not produce a significant amount of emissions from our operations.

Environmental Management

18

We recently worked with a third-party to conduct an environmental, health, and safety gap assessment in order to accurately benchmark our environmental
impact. The review looked at several areas including:

• Air Pollution Control Management
Battery Handling and Disposal
•
•
Community Right-to-Know (Hazardous Material Reporting)
• Hazardous Waste Management
SARA Title III (Release Reporting)
•
Solid Waste Management
•
Spill, Prevention, Control and Countermeasure
•
State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (SPDES)
•
•
Storm Water Management
• Universal Waste Management
• Waste Oil Management

We are evaluating the results of this exercise in order to consider implementation of measures in support of our Environmental Management program.

Waste Management

We work with waste removal providers to responsibly dispose of medical waste and biohazardous waste and have a program in place for the management
of all medical and biohazardous waste processed in our facilities. In addition, we follow applicable packaging requirements for regulated medical waste,
and  conduct  regular  required  training  for  all  employees  responsible  for  packaging  medical  waste  for  shipment.  Our  waste  management  initiatives  also
include  the  shredding  and  recycling  of  paper  waste  from  our  facilities,  our  transition  to  digital  systems  where  possible  to  reduce  print  waste,  and  the
distribution of electronic tablets to our sales teams to minimize printing needs, shipping costs, and printed materials.

Our facilities management team collects recyclable and reusable material when possible, including for cardboard, plastics, batteries, fluorescent lamps, and
ballasts.  We  have  significantly  reduced  the  use  of  plastic  and  aluminum  materials  with  the  installation  of  filtered  water  and  soda  machines  within  our
facilities. The packaging of our product cartons is recyclable and, since 2015, has been reduced in size by 50%.

Human Capital

As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  895  full  time  employees.  Generally,  we  consider  our  relationships  with  our  employees  to  be  good,  and  none  of  our
employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We conduct regular surveys of employees to monitor engagement levels and act on feedback
received through this process.

Our Diversity and Inclusion

MIMEDX values the diversity of perspective, experience, and background within our Company. We have stated goals to promote diversity, inclusion, and
equal opportunity regardless of race, gender, nationality, ethnic origin, religion, age, or sexual orientation. Intimidation or harassment of any kind are not
acceptable in our workplace.

Our  business  requires  a  workforce  with  a  wide  range  backgrounds,  experiences,  skills,  and  knowledge  and  a  culture  that  blends  this  diversity  into  an
effective team. In order for our employees to do their best work, and for us to achieve our mission, everyone at MIMEDX must feel respected, valued, and
included. Comprised of employees across the Company, our Inclusion and Diversity Council reviews programs created to support best practices for our
work environment challenges, champion diversity, and provide an intentional link for each employee to the company values and goals.

The table below provides an overview of MIMEDX’s diversity as of December 31, 2023:

Board of Directors

Employee Gender Diversity
Employee Ethnic/Racial
Diversity

Women and minorities hold one-third of the seats on our Board, including the Chair of the Board.
Women represented 56% of our workforce.
Women represented 55% of our new hires in 2023.
Black or African American: 25%
Hispanic or Latino: 9%
Other Non-White (including American Indian, Alaskan Native, Asian, Native Hawaiian, or Other Pacific Islander): 9%

Recruiting, Retaining, and Engaging Talent

19

 
 
 
Talent is our greatest asset and we are dependent on being able to recruit, develop, and retain talent that share our Core Values. We use tools, such as an
interview guide and a process reviewed by our Inclusion and Diversity Council, designed to prevent us from bias in our hiring decisions. We are currently
in compliance with affirmative action reporting. As part of our Affirmative Action Plan, we leverage targeted outreach in our hiring process to ensure our
postings reach underrepresented groups.

We  are  focused  on  retaining  our  talented  professionals  who  we  believe  are  key  to  the  Company’s  success.  Our  human  resource  group  continuously
monitors and benchmarks employee turnover and other trends in our industry and on a regional level to ensure MIMEDX is competitive and responsive to
changes in the broader marketplace. Combining this data with feedback from exit interviews in any instances of voluntary employee turnover, we are able
to  use  these  actionable  insights  to  improve  employee  engagement,  provide  opportunities  for  career  development,  evolve  our  total  rewards  offering  and
evaluate implementation of additional resources to enhance the employee experience at MIMEDX.

Compensation and Benefits

We offer all full-time employees a comprehensive benefits package, including:

• Health coverage, including Medical, Dental, Vision insurance, a wellness incentive program and virtual and text-based healthcare
•
•
•
•
•

Paid Parental and Caregiver leave
Employee Assistance Program
Paid company holidays
401(k) plan, including Employer match
Employee Stock Purchase Plan opportunity.

Our History

Our current business began on February 8, 2008 when Alynx, Co., our predecessor company, acquired MiMedx, Inc., a development-stage medical device
company,  the  assets  of  which  included  licenses  to  two  development-stage  medical  device  technology  platforms  which  we  do  not  currently  market.  On
March 31, 2008, Alynx, Co. merged into MiMedx Group, Inc., a Florida corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary that had been formed for purposes of the
merger,  with  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  as  the  surviving  corporation  in  the  merger.  In  January  2011,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  equity  interests  of
Surgical Biologics, LLC (n/k/a MiMedx Tissue Services, LLC).

Available Information

We are required to file proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC. The
SEC maintains an internet site, www.sec.gov, where these reports are available free of charge. We also make these reports available free of charge on our
website,  www.mimedx.com,  under  the  heading  “Investors–SEC  Filings.”  In  addition,  our  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee,  Ethics  and
Compliance Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charters as well as our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, are on our
website  under  the  heading  “Investors–Corporate  Governance.”  The  reference  to  our  website  does  not  constitute  incorporation  by  reference  of  any
information contained on that site.

20

Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in our Common Stock involves a substantial risk of loss. Set forth below is a summary of the risks and uncertainties affecting our business
that  we  currently  believe  to  be  material.  We  caution  you  to  read  the  following  risk  factors,  which  have  affected,  and/or  in  the  future  could  affect,  our
business,  prospects,  operating  results,  and  financial  condition.  Additional  risks  and  uncertainties  not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem
immaterial may also affect our business, prospects, operating results, and financial condition. Additional risks and uncertainties are described under other
captions in this report and should also be considered by our stockholders. If any of these risks materialize, our business, financial condition or operating
results could suffer. In this case, the trading price of our Common Stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we do not successfully execute our priorities, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our priorities in our Wound & Surgical business are to address large, underpenetrated market opportunities, domestically and internationally, including by
launching  new  organic  or  inorganic  products.  We  intend  to  implement  and  maintain  rigorous  quality  standards  throughout  our  entire  supply  chain  and
continue  to  advance  the  scientific  body  of  evidence  substantiating  clinical  efficacy,  economic  viability  and  the  underlying  mechanism  of  action  for  our
PURION processed placental tissue platform through additional peer-reviewed publications, rigorous scientific research and clinical studies.

We have sought and may continue to seek capital to implement our priorities. In developing our priorities, we evaluated many factors including, without
limitation, those related to developments in our industry, customer demand, competition, regulatory developments, and general economic conditions.
Actual conditions may be different from our assumptions, and we may not be able to successfully execute our priorities. If we do not successfully execute
our priorities, or if actual results vary significantly from our assumptions, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely
impacted.

We are in a highly competitive and evolving field and face competition from well-established tissue processors and medical device manufacturers, as
well as new market entrants.

Our  business  is  in  a  very  competitive  and  evolving  field.  Competition  from  other  tissue  processors,  medical  device  companies,  and  biotherapeutic
companies, and from research and academic institutions, is intense, expected to increase and subject to rapid change and could be significantly affected by
new product introductions as well as changes in reimbursement that could favor certain products and competitors over others. Established competitors and
newer market entrants are investing in additional clinical research that may allow them to gain further clinician usage, adoption and payer coverage of their
products.  In  addition,  consolidation  and  cost  containment  measures  in  the  healthcare  industry  may  cause  hospitals  to  consolidate  their  purchases  with
suppliers that have a broad portfolio of products. This would continue to give rise to demands for price concessions, which could have an adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, competitors may introduce placental-based membrane products in the future at lower
prices,  adding  new  features  or  gaining  additional  reimbursement  coverage,  or  utilize  sales  and  marketing  practices  that  negatively  impact  the  industry.
Further, they may copy our products outside the United States. The presence of this competition may lead to pricing pressure, which could have an adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Rapid technological change could cause our products to become obsolete and, if we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and
development efforts or business development and inorganic activities, we may be unable to compete effectively.

The technologies underlying our products are subject to rapid technological change. Competition intensifies as technical advances in each field are made
and become more widely known. Others may develop services, products or processes with significant advantages over the products, services and processes
that we offer or are seeking to develop. Any such occurrence could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We  plan  to  enhance  and  broaden  our  product  offerings  as  part  of  a  strategy  that  involves  responding  to  changing  customer  demands  and  competitive
pressure and technologies, among other factors. The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous
factors, including our ability to:

•
•
•
•
•
•

properly identify and anticipate physician and patient needs;
acquire, through licensing, co-development or outright purchase, new technology developed outside of MIMEDX;
develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;
demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and
obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements.

21

If  we  do  not  develop  and,  when  necessary,  obtain  regulatory  clearance  or  approval  for  new  products  or  product  enhancements  in  time  to  meet  market
demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, our results of operations and financial condition will suffer. Our research
and  development  efforts  may  require  a  substantial  investment  of  time  and  resources,  including  additional  capital,  before  we  are  adequately  able  to
determine  the  commercial  viability  of  a  new  product,  technology,  material  or  other  innovation.  In  addition,  even  if  we  are  able  to  successfully  develop
enhancements  or  new  generations  of  our  products,  these  enhancements  or  new  generations  of  products  may  not  produce  sales  in  excess  of  the  costs  of
development, or they may never receive required regulatory approval and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the
introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.

Many of our products depend on the availability of tissue from human donors, and any disruption in supply could adversely affect our business.

The success of our human tissue products depends upon, among other factors, the availability of tissue from human donors. Any failure to obtain tissue
from our sources will interfere with our ability to effectively meet demand for our products incorporating human tissue. The availability of donated tissue
could  also  be  adversely  impacted  by  regulatory  changes,  public  opinion  of  the  donor  process  and  our  own  reputation  in  the  industry.  We  may  not  be
successful in our ability to scale tissue recovery efforts to meet the potential future demand of our pipeline. Obtaining adequate supplies of human tissue
involves several risks, including limited control over availability (due to for example, access to hospital accounts and the number of consenting mothers),
quality, delivery schedules, and eligibility requirements. In addition, any interruption in the supply of any human tissue component could harm our ability
to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be found. We also utilize third-party providers of placental donations on an as-
needed basis to mitigate risks but there can be no assurance that these third parties will be able to provide donated tissues at all times. We may be unable to
find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have an adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on our senior leadership team and may not be able to retain or replace these employees or recruit additional qualified personnel, which
would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our  business  and  success  are  materially  dependent  on  attracting  and  retaining  members  of  our  senior  leadership  team  to  formulate  and  execute  the
Company’s  business  plans.  Since  June  2018,  we  have  made  significant  changes  to  our  senior  leadership  team,  and  hired  several  new  senior  leaders,
including our CEO and CFO in 2023.

Leadership  changes  can  be  inherently  difficult  to  manage  and  may  cause  material  disruption  to  our  business  or  management  team.  Changes  in  senior
management  could  also  lead  to  an  environment  that  presents  additional  challenges  in  recruiting  and  retaining  employees,  which  could  have  an  adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future success will also depend, in part, upon our ability to attract and retain skilled personnel, including sales, managerial and technical personnel.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to find and attract additional qualified employees to support our expected growth or retain any
such personnel.

Our revenues depend on adequate reimbursement from public and private insurers and health systems and changes to the ways in which our products
are reimbursed in various sites of service could adversely impact our financial results.

Our success depends on the extent to which our customers receive adequate reimbursement for the costs of our products and related treatments from third-
party payers, including government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, as well as private insurers and health systems. Government and
other third-party payers attempt to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of medical products, particularly new
products. Therefore, significant uncertainty may exist as to the reimbursement status of new healthcare products by third-party payers. Although EPIFIX
and EPICORD have coverage with the majority of large payers, a significant number of public and private insurers currently do not cover or reimburse our
other products.

The reimbursement landscape for our products varies depending upon the site in which the products are administered. If we are not successful in obtaining
adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products from these third-party payers in one or more of the sites of service where our products are used, it
could have an adverse effect on market acceptance of our products. Inadequate reimbursement levels would likely also create downward price pressure on
our products. Even if we do succeed in obtaining widespread coverage and reimbursement rates or policies for our products, future changes in coverage or
reimbursement rates or policies could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, we have experienced some reluctance by payers to cover our products under certain circumstances, including for applications other than those for
which we have published clinical efficacy data. Since 2022, several wide-ranging proposals have been published for public comment, including relating to
payment methodology within the physician office, with potential to change how CMS reimburses for skin substitute products at a national level. At a
regional level, three Medicare

22

Administrative Contractors (MACs) signaled their intent to change coverage guidance by moving Local Coverage Determinations (LCDs) through the
process. While these were ultimately withdrawn, the same MACs signaled their intent to revisit the issue. If the national reimbursement proposals were to
be adopted, it would significantly change Medicare policies governing the reimbursement of skin substitute products principally when used for wound
treatment in the private physician office setting. If MACs proceed to change coverage policies, this could significantly change guidance within the affected
regions.

Changes  in  the  coverage  and  reimbursement  environment  as  described  above  could  result  in  declines  in  our  revenue  that  would  adversely  affect  our
business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our revenue, results of operations and cash flows may suffer upon the loss of a Group Purchasing Organization or Integrated Delivery Network.

As  with  many  manufacturers  in  the  healthcare  space,  the  Company  contracts  with  Group  Purchasing  Organizations  (“GPOs”)  and  Integrated  Delivery
Networks (“IDNs”) to establish contracted pricing and terms and conditions for the members of GPOs and IDNs. Approximately 79% of our sales in the
year ended December 31, 2023 came from customers that are members of our primary GPOs or IDNs.

Our agreements with GPOs and IDNs allow us to sell our products efficiently to large groups of customers. Our agreements with GPOs and IDNs typically
provide  their  members  with  favorable  ordering  terms  and  conditions  and  access  to  favorable  product  pricing.  These  customers  purchase  our  product
through  GPO  and  IDN  arrangements  in  part  because  of  the  favorable  pricing  and  terms  and  conditions.  If  our  agreement  with  any  GPO  or  IDN  is
terminated or expires without being extended, renewed or renegotiated, this could adversely affect our revenue, results of operations and cash flows.

We contract with and are dependent upon independent sales agents and distributors.

In 2023, approximately 24% of our sales were through our relationships with independent agents, and we also use a small number of distributors, primarily
outside the United States, and may use more in the future. Sales agents act directly on behalf of MIMEDX to arrange sales, while distributors take title to
product and may set their own prices.

If our relationships with our independent sales agents were terminated for any reason, it could materially and adversely affect our revenues and profits.
Because the independent agent often controls the customer relationships within its territory, there is a risk that if our relationship with the agent ends, our
relationship with the customer will be lost.

Because our agents and distributors are not employees, there is a risk we will be unable to ensure that our sales processes, compliance safeguards, and
related policies will be adhered to despite our communication and training of agents and distributors regarding these requirements. Furthermore, if we fail
to  maintain  relationships  with  our  key  independent  agents,  or  fail  to  ensure  that  our  independent  agents  adhere  to  our  sales  processes,  compliance
safeguards and related policies, there could be an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We  may  obtain  the  assistance  of  additional  distributors  and  independent  sales  representatives  to  sell  products  in  certain  sales  channels,  particularly  in
territories and fields where agents are commonly used. Our success is partially dependent upon our ability to train, retain and motivate our independent
sales  agencies,  distributors,  and  their  representatives  to  appropriately  and  compliantly  sell  our  products  in  certain  territories  or  fields.  They  may  not  be
successful in implementing our marketing plans or compliance safeguards. Some of our independent sales agencies and distributors do not sell our products
exclusively and may offer similar products from other companies. Our independent sales agencies and distributors may terminate their contracts with us,
may devote insufficient sales efforts to our products or may focus their sales efforts on other products that produce greater commissions for them, which
could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We also may not be able to find additional independent sales
agencies and distributors who will agree to appropriately and compliantly market or distribute our products on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If
we are unable to establish new independent sales representative and distribution relationships or renew current sales agency and distribution agreements on
commercially acceptable terms, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Disruption of our processing facilities could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends upon the continued operation of our processing facilities in Marietta, Georgia and Kennesaw, Georgia. Risks that could impact our
ability to use these facilities include the occurrence of natural and other disasters, the outbreak of pandemics, and the need to comply with the requirements
of directives from government agencies, including the FDA. Either of our two processing facilities can serve as a redundant processing facility for most of
our products in the event the other facility experiences a disaster event. However, if our processing facilities were to become unavailable, this could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations during the period of such unavailability.

23

To  be  commercially  successful,  we  must  educate  physicians,  where  appropriate,  how  and  when  our  products  are  proper  alternatives  to  existing
treatments and that our products should be used in their procedures.

We  believe  physicians  will  only  use  our  products  if  they  determine,  based  on  their  independent  medical  judgment  and  experience,  clinical  data,  and
published peer reviewed journal articles, that the use of our products in a particular procedure is a favorable alternative to other treatments. Physicians may
be hesitant to change their existing medical treatment practices for the following reasons, among others:

•
•

their lack of experience with advanced therapeutics, such as our placenta-based allografts;
lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits of advanced therapeutics, such as our placenta-based allografts, over conventional methods
in certain therapeutic applications;
perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;
limited availability of reimbursement from third-party payers;

•
•
• more favorable reimbursement for other market-available products; and
•

the time that must be dedicated to physician training in the use of our products.

If  we  cannot  successfully  address  quality  issues  that  may  arise  with  our  products,  our  brand  reputation  could  suffer,  and  our  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

In  the  course  of  conducting  our  business,  we  must  adequately  address  quality  issues  that  may  arise  with  our  products,  as  well  as  defects  in  third-party
components included in our products, as any quality issues or defects may negatively impact physician use of our products. Although we have established
internal  procedures  to  minimize  risks  that  may  arise  from  quality  issues,  we  may  not  be  able  to  eliminate  or  mitigate  occurrences  of  these  issues  and
associated liabilities. If the quality of our products does not meet the expectations of physicians or patients, then our brand reputation could suffer and our
business could be adversely impacted. We must also ensure any promotional claims made for our products comport with government regulations.

The formation of physician-owned distributorships (“PODs”) could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to sell our
products to physicians who own or are affiliated with those distributorships.

PODs  are  medical  product  distributors  that  are  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  physicians.  These  physicians  derive  a  proportion  of  their  revenue  from
selling or arranging for the sale of medical products for use in procedures they perform on their own patients at hospitals that agree to purchase from or
through the POD, or that otherwise furnish ordering physicians with income that is based directly or indirectly on those orders of medical products. The
Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) of the Department of Health & Human Services has issued a Special Fraud Alert on PODs, indicating that they are
inherently suspect under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute.

Our commercial strategy emphasizes selling directly to healthcare providers and, to a limited extent, through distributors. To our knowledge, we do not
directly  sell  to  or  distribute  any  of  our  products  through  PODs.  The  number  and  strength  of  PODs  in  the  industry  may  continue  to  grow  as  economic
pressures increase throughout the industry and hospitals, insurers and physicians search for ways to reduce costs, and, in the case of the physicians, identify
additional  sources  to  increase  their  incomes.  These  companies  and  the  physicians  who  own,  or  partially  own,  PODs  may  have  significant  market
knowledge,  access  to  and  influence  on  the  physicians  who  use  our  products  and  the  hospitals  that  purchase  our  products,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to
compete effectively for business from physicians who own PODs.

We face the risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate product liability insurance.

While  we  have  had  a  low  product  complaint  and  adverse  event  rate  historically,  our  business  exposes  us  to  the  risk  of  product  liability  claims  that  are
inherent in the manufacturing, processing and marketing of human tissue products. We may be subject to such claims if our products cause, or appear to
have caused, an injury. Claims may be made by patients, healthcare providers or others selling our products. Product liability claims can be expensive to
defend (regardless of merit), divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards against us, harm our reputation, and generate adverse
publicity, which could result in the withdrawal of, or reduced acceptance of, our products in the market.

Although we have product liability insurance that we believe is adequate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations, and we may not
be able to maintain this insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms or be able to secure increased coverage (if needed), nor can we be sure that
existing or future claims against us will be covered by our product liability insurance. Moreover, the existing coverage of our insurance or any rights of
indemnification and contribution that we

24

may  have  may  not  be  sufficient  to  offset  existing  or  future  claims.  If  we  are  unable  to  maintain  product  liability  insurance  at  an  acceptable  cost  or  on
acceptable  terms  with  adequate  coverage  or  otherwise  protect  ourselves  against  potential  product  liability  claims  or  we  underestimate  the  amount  of
insurance we need, we could be exposed to significant liabilities, which may harm our business. A product liability claim or other claim with respect to
uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could result in significant costs and significant harm to our business. Even if a claim is
not successful, defending such claim would be time-consuming and expensive, may damage our reputation in the marketplace, and would likely divert our
management’s attention.

The products we process are derived from human tissue and therefore have the potential for disease transmission.

The utilization of human tissue creates the potential for transmission of communicable disease, including, without limitation, human immunodeficiency
virus,  viral  hepatitis,  syphilis  and  other  viral,  fungal  or  bacterial  pathogens.  We  are  required  to  comply  with  federal  and  state  regulations  intended  to
prevent communicable disease transmission.

We  maintain  strict  quality  controls  designed in accordance with  CGTP  to  ensure  the  safe  procurement  and  processing  of  our  tissue,  including  terminal
sterilization of our products. These controls are intended to prevent the transmission of communicable disease. However, risks exist with any human tissue
implantation. Also, negative publicity concerning disease transmission from other companies’ improperly processed donated tissue could have a negative
impact on the demand for our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may implement a product recall or voluntary market withdrawal, which could significantly increase our costs, damage our reputation, disrupt our
business and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The  processing  and  marketing  of  our  tissue  products  involves  an  inherent  risk  that  our  tissue  products  or  processes  may  not  meet  applicable  quality
standards  and  requirements.  In  the  event  that  one  or  more  of  our  products  experiences  a  failure  to  meet  such  standards  and  requirements,  we  may
voluntarily implement a recall or market withdrawal or may be required to do so by a regulatory authority.

A recall or market withdrawal of one of our products could be costly and may divert management resources. A recall or withdrawal of one of our products,
or  a  similar  product  processed  by  another  entity,  also  could  impair  sales  of  our  products  as  a  result  of  confusion  concerning  the  scope  of  the  recall  or
withdrawal, or as a result of the damage to our reputation for quality and safety.

A cyberattack or significant disruptions of our information technology systems could adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial
condition.

A cyberattack, a disruption in availability, or the unauthorized alteration of systems or data could adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition. We rely on technology for day-to-day operations as well as positioning to enhance our stance in the market. We generate intellectual
property  that  is  central  to  the  future  success  of  the  business  and  transmit  large  amounts  of  confidential  information.  Additionally,  we  collect,  store  and
transmit confidential information of customers, patients, employees and third parties. We also have outsourced significant elements of our operations to
third  parties,  including  significant  elements  of  our  information  technology  infrastructure,  and,  as  a  result,  we  are  managing  many  independent  vendor
relationships with third parties who may or could have access to our confidential information. The continually changing threat landscape of cybersecurity
today makes our systems potentially vulnerable to service interruptions or to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees,
partners, and vendors, and from attacks by malicious third parties, including supply chain attacks originating at our third-party partners. Such attacks are of
ever-increasing levels of sophistication. Attacks are made by individuals or groups that have varying levels of expertise, some of which are technologically
advanced and well-funded including, without limitation, nation states, organized criminal groups and hacktivists organizations.

To  ensure  protection  of  our  information,  we  have  invested  in  cybersecurity  and  have  implemented  processes  and  procedural  controls  to  maintain  the
confidentiality and integrity of such information. We measure these controls and their success through a cybersecurity framework that is based on industry
standards.  While  we  have  invested  in  the  protection  of  our  data  and  technology,  there  can  be  no  guarantees  that  our  efforts  will  prevent  all  service
interruptions or security breaches. Any such interruption or breach of our systems could adversely affect our business operations and result in the loss of
critical or sensitive confidential information or intellectual property, and could result in financial, legal and reputational harm to our business, including
legal  claims  and  proceedings,  liability  under  laws  that  protect  the  privacy  of  personal  information,  government  enforcement  actions  and  regulatory
penalties, as well as remediation costs. We also maintain cyber liability insurance. However, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover the financial,
legal or reputational losses that may result from an interruption or breach of our systems.

25

We  may  expand  or  contract  our  business  through  acquisitions,  divestitures,  licenses,  investments,  and  other  commercial  arrangements  with  other
companies or technologies, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We periodically evaluate opportunities to acquire companies or divest divisions, technologies, products, and rights through licenses, distribution
agreements, investments, and outright acquisitions to grow our business. In connection with one or more of those transactions, we may, subject to the
requirements and limitations set forth in our Citizens Credit Agreement (as defined below in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”), Liquidity and Capital Resources):

•
•
•
•

•
•

divest or license existing products or technology;
use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
incur debt that could have terms unfavorable to us or that we might be unable to repay;
structure the transaction in a manner that has unfavorable tax consequences, such as a stock purchase that does not permit a step-up in the tax basis
for the assets acquired;
be unable to realize the anticipated benefits, such as increased revenues, cost savings, or synergies from additional sales; and
be unable to secure the services of key employees related to the transaction(s).

Any  of  these  items  could  adversely  affect  our  revenues,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Business  acquisitions  also  involve  the  risk  of
unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business, which could be material. Incurring unknown liabilities or the failure to realize the anticipated
benefits of any transaction could adversely affect our business if we are unable to recover our initial investment. Inability to recover our investment, or any
write off of such investment, associated goodwill or assets could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A portion of our revenues and accounts receivable come from government accounts.

Some of our revenues are derived from sales, both direct and through a distributor, to the government. Any disruption of our products on the FSS or any
change in the way the government purchases products like ours or the price it is willing to pay for our products could adversely affect our business, results
of operations and financial condition.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we may implement or may acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are
risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed or are evolving. In developing and
marketing  new  lines  of  business  and  new  products  and  services,  we  may  invest  significant  time  and  resources.  External  factors,  such  as  regulatory
compliance obligations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business
or a new product or service. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or
services could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our international expansion and operations outside the U.S. expose us to risks associated with international sales and operations.

We are pursuing further expansion outside the U.S., including in Japan. Managing a global organization is difficult, time consuming and expensive. Our
ability to conduct international operations is affected by many of the same risks we face in our U.S. operations, as well as unique costs and difficulties of
managing  international  operations,  including  the  relationships  and  operations  of  distributors  we  elect  to  work  with  in  these  markets.  Adoption  of  our
products  in  new  geographic  regions  could  take  longer  and  cost  more  than  we  anticipate.  Risks  inherent  in  international  operations  also  include,  among
others, potential adverse tax consequences, greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights, risks associated with the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act  and  local  anti-bribery  law  compliance,  and  other  international  regulations.  These  regulations  may  limit  our  ability  to  market,  sell,  distribute  or
otherwise transfer our products to prohibited countries or persons. International regulations may also limit what promotional claims we may make for our
products.

Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly, and failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could adversely affect us in a
variety of ways that include, without limitation, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and
penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal
and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

26

These risks may limit or disrupt our expansion, restrict the movement of funds or result in the deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of property by
nationalization  or  expropriation  without  fair  compensation.  Operating  outside  of  the  U.S.  also  requires  significant  management  attention  and  financial
resources.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Products and Other Government Regulations

The  FDA  has  in  the  past  determined,  and  may  in  the  future  determine,  that  certain  of  our  products  that  are,  or  are  derived  from,  human  cells  or
tissues, do not qualify for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (“Section 361”), and may require that we revise our
labeling and marketing claims for these products or that we suspend sales of such products until FDA pre-market clearance or approval is obtained,
which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The  products  we  manufacture  and  process  are  derived  from  human  tissue.  Amniotic  and  other  birth  tissue  have  in  the  past  generally  been  regulated  as
HCT/P and were therefore eligible to be subject to regulation solely under Section 361 (“Section 361 HCT/P”) depending on whether the specific product
at  issue  and  the  claims  made  for  it  were  consistent  with  the  applicable  criteria.  HCT/Ps  that  do  not  meet  these  criteria  are  subject  to  more  extensive
regulation  as  drugs,  medical  devices,  biological  products,  or  combination  products.  These  HCT/Ps  must  comply  with  both  the  FDA’s  requirements  for
HCT/Ps and the requirements applicable to biologics, devices or drugs, including pre-market clearance or approval from the FDA. Obtaining FDA pre-
market clearance or approval involves significant time and investment by the Company.

In accordance with the FDA Guidance, as discussed above in “Business – Government Regulation,” after May 31, 2021, the Company no longer markets or
sells its products that were impacted by enforcement discretion in the United States, has requested the return of unused consignment inventory as of that
date, and does not intend to sell such products in the United States until the FDA grants pre-market approval. Our sales of such products for all uses was
$0.5 million, $2.4 million, and $17.6 million, respectively, in 2023, 2022, and 2021. Prior to May 31, 2021, these sales were primarily in the United States.
The loss of our ability to market and sell our micronized products previously had an adverse impact on our revenues, business, financial condition and
results of operations.

Also, we are engaged with the FDA regarding the classification of AXIOFILL and certain of our other products. If the FDA makes a final determination
that any of these products do not meet the requirements for regulation solely under Section 361, in order to continue to market the products, we would be
required to obtain the appropriate FDA approval or clearance. The loss of our ability to market and sell these products would have an adverse impact on our
revenues, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any  future  regulatory  changes  could  also  have  adverse  consequences  for  us  and  make  it  more  difficult  or  expensive  for  us  to  conduct  our  business  by
requiring  pre-market  clearance  or  approval  and  compliance  with  additional  post-market  regulatory  requirements  with  respect  to  those  products.  For
example, the FDA may in the future impose conditions, such as labeling restrictions, and the requirement that a product be manufactured in compliance
with  CGMP,  which  would  require  significant  additional  time  and  cost  investments  by  the  Company.  Moreover,  increased  regulatory  scrutiny  within  the
industry in which we operate could lead to increased regulation of HCT/Ps, including Section 361 HCT/Ps, which could ultimately increase our costs and
adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Obtaining and maintaining the necessary regulatory approvals, including conducting clinical trials, for certain of our products or potential products
could be expensive and time consuming.

The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a biological product or medical device from the FDA or similar regulatory authorities
outside of the U.S. may be costly and time consuming, and such clearances or approvals may not be granted on a timely basis, or at all. The FDA may take
the position that some of the products that we currently market require a BLA. Some of the future products and enhancements to our current products that
we expect to develop or may acquire and market may require marketing clearance or approval from the FDA. However, clearance or approval may not be
granted with respect to any of our products or enhancements and further FDA review may add delays that could adversely affect our ability to market such
products or enhancements.

The process of obtaining an approved BLA, including clinical trial development and execution as well as manufacturing processes, requires the expenditure
of  substantial  time,  effort  and  financial  resources  and  may  take  years  to  complete,  including  costs  incurred  on  top  of  those  fees  incurred  as  part  of
conducting various clinical studies. The fee for filing a BLA and program fees payable with respect to any establishment that manufactures biologics are
substantial. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all, or we may decide not to pursue a BLA for certain products or indications, or need
to conduct additional trials for a given indication. Additionally, the FDA may limit the indications for use or place other conditions on any approvals that
could restrict the commercial application of the products. If we do receive approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new
indications or doses, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval. Our
revenues could be adversely

27

affected if we fail to obtain BLA approvals on a timely basis or at all, or if the FDA limited the indications for use or required other conditions that restrict
the commercial application of our products.

Additionally, there are significant costs associated with clinical trials that can be difficult to accurately estimate until a BLA is approved. Clinical trials may
not be successful or may return results that do not support approval. Moreover, the results of early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future
results, and any product we advance into clinical trials may not have favorable results in later clinical trials. Our interpretation of data and results from our
clinical  trials  does  not  ensure  that  we  will  achieve  similar  results  in  future  clinical  trials.  In  addition,  clinical  data  are  often  susceptible  to  various
interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in earlier clinical trials or retrospective studies
have nonetheless failed to replicate results in later clinical trials.

Our business is subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other authorities, which is costly, and our failure to comply could result in negative
effects on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As discussed above, the FDA has specific regulations governing our tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and
enforcement powers, even for Section 361 HCT/Ps. The FDA’s regulation of HCT/Ps includes requirements for registration and listing of products, donor
screening and testing, processing and distribution, labeling, record keeping and adverse-reaction reporting, and inspection and enforcement.

HCT/Ps that are regulated as drugs, biological products or medical devices are subject to even more stringent regulation by the FDA. Even if pre-market
clearance or approval is obtained, the approval or clearance may place substantial restrictions on the indications for which the product may be marketed or
to  whom  it  may  be  marketed,  may  require  warnings  to  accompany  the  product  or  impose  additional  restrictions  on  the  sale  or  use  of  the  product.  In
addition, regulatory approval is subject to continuing compliance with regulatory standards, including the FDA’s quality system regulations.

If we fail to comply with the FDA regulations regarding our tissue products, the FDA could take enforcement action, including, without limitation, any of
the following sanctions and the manufacture of our products or processing of our tissue could be delayed or terminated:

untitled letters, warning letters, cease and desist orders, fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;
recall or seizure of our products;
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing our requests for clearance or approval of new products;

•
•
•
•
• withdrawing or suspending current applications for approval or approvals already granted;
•
•

refusal to grant export approval for our products; and
criminal prosecution.

The FDA’s regulation of HCT/Ps may continue to evolve. Complying with any such new regulatory requirements may entail significant time delays and
expense, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The AATB has issued operating standards for tissue banking. Compliance with these standards is a requirement in order to become an accredited tissue
bank. In addition, some states have their own tissue banking regulations.

In addition, procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the restrictions of the NOTA, which prohibits the transfer of
certain  human  organs,  including  skin  and  related  tissue  for  valuable  consideration,  but  permits  the  reasonable  payment  associated  with  the  removal,
transportation,  implantation,  processing,  preservation,  quality  control  and  storage  of  human  tissue  and  skin.  We  reimburse  tissue  banks,  hospitals  and
physicians for their services associated with the recovery and storage of donated human tissue. Although we have independent third-party appraisals that
confirm the reasonableness of the service fees we pay, if we were to be found to have violated NOTA’s prohibition on the sale or transfer of human tissue
for valuable consideration, we could potentially be subject to criminal enforcement sanctions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Finally,  we  and  other  manufacturers  of  skin  substitutes  are  required  to  provide  average  ASP  information  to  CMS  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  Medicare
payment rates are updated quarterly based on this ASP information. If a manufacturer is found to have made a misrepresentation in the reporting of ASP,
such  manufacturer  is  subject  to  civil  monetary  penalties  of  up  to  $10,000  for  each  misrepresentation  for  each  day  in  which  the  misrepresentation  was
applied, and potential False Claims Act liability. See “We and our sales representatives, whether employees or independent contractors, must comply with
various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws, any breach of which could cause an adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.”

28

We may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions and other sanctions if we are deemed to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved, or off-
label, uses.

As a general rule, FDA regulations require that the marketing of 361 HCT/Ps only be for appropriate homologous uses, and that the promotion of pre-
approved biological products or devices only be for FDA-approved indications. Generally, unless the products are approved by the FDA for alternative
uses, the FDA contends that we may not make claims about the safety or effectiveness of our products, or promote them as safe or effective for uses other
than  those  specifically  approved  by  the  FDA.  Such  limitations  present  a  risk  that  the  FDA  or  other  federal  or  state  law  enforcement  authorities  could
determine that the nature and scope of our sales, marketing and support activities, though designed to comply with all FDA requirements, constitute the
promotion  of  our  products  for  an  unapproved  use  in  violation  of  the  federal  FD&C  Act.  We  also  face  the  risk  that  the  FDA  or  other  governmental
authorities might pursue enforcement based on past activities that we have discontinued or changed, including sales activities, prior marketing materials,
arrangements with institutions and doctors, educational and training programs and other activities.

Investigations concerning the promotion of unapproved product uses and related issues are typically expensive, disruptive and burdensome and generate
negative  publicity.  If  our  promotional  activities  are  found  to  be  in  violation  of  the  law,  we  may  face  significant  legal  action,  fines,  penalties,  and  even
criminal liability and may be required to substantially change our sales, promotion, grant and educational activities. There is also a possibility that we could
be enjoined from selling some or all of our products for any unapproved use. In addition, as a result of an enforcement action against us or any of our
executive officers, we could be excluded from participation in government healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.

However, under the Guidance, as discussed above in “Business – Government Regulation,” after May 31, 2021, the Company no longer markets or sells its
products that were impacted by enforcement discretion in the United States, and does not intend to sell such products in the United States until the FDA
grants pre-market approval. We will ultimately only be able to market such products for indications that have been cleared or approved by the FDA.

Nevertheless,  while  we  believe  we  are  fully  in  compliance  with  the  FDA's  Guidance  on  HCT/Ps,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  have  correctly
interpreted the FDA Guidance, or that we will not need to discontinue marketing a product and/or may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions, and other
sanctions if we are deemed to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved uses. Such regulatory penalties by the FDA could adversely affect our
business and results of operations.

We  and  our  sales  representatives,  whether  employees  or  independent  contractors,  must  comply  with  various  federal  and  state  anti-kickback,  self-
referral,  false  claims  and  similar  laws,  any  breach  of  which  could  cause  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition.

Our  relationships  with  physicians,  hospitals  and  other  healthcare  providers  are  subject  to  various  federal  and  state  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  laws.
Healthcare fraud and abuse laws are complex and, in some instances, even minor or inadvertent violations can give rise to liability. Possible sanctions for
violation of the healthcare fraud and abuse laws include, without limitation, monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from participating in the
federal and state healthcare programs, including, without limitation, Medicare, Medicaid, the VA health programs and TRICARE (the healthcare program
administered by or on behalf of the U.S. Department of Defense for uniformed service members, including both those in active duty and retirees, as well as
their  dependents),  and  forfeiture  of  amounts  collected  in  violation  of  such  prohibitions.  Many  states  have  similar  fraud  and  abuse  laws,  imposing
substantial penalties for violations. A finding of a violation of one or more of these laws, or even a government investigation or inquiry into the same,
would likely result in a material adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock, as well as on our business, results of operations, and financial
condition.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”) is a criminal law that prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, paying,
soliciting  or  receiving  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  cash  or  in  kind,  to  induce  or  reward  referrals,  purchases  or  orders  or  arranging  for  or
recommending the purchase, order or referral of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part by a federal healthcare program,
such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act (the “PPACA”)  amended  the  federal  AKS  to  clarify  the  intent  that  is  required  to  prove  a  violation.  Under  the  federal  AKS  as
amended, a person or entity need not have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. The PPACA also amended the federal AKS to
provide that any claims for items or services resulting from a violation of the federal AKS are considered false or fraudulent for purposes of the federal
FCA. A conviction for violation of the AKS results in criminal fines and requires mandatory exclusion from participation in federal health care programs.
Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal AKS that protect certain common industry practices from
prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and arrangements may be subject to scrutiny or penalty if they do not fully satisfy all
elements  of  an  available  exception  or  safe  harbor.  We  have  entered  into  consulting  agreements,  speaker  agreements,  research  agreements  and  product
development agreements with physicians, including some who may order or recommend our products or make decisions to use them. In addition, some of
these physicians own our stock, which

29

they  purchased  in  arm’s-length  transactions  on  terms  identical  to  those  offered  to  non-physicians,  or  received  stock  awards  from  us  in  the  past  as
consideration for services performed by them. While we believe these transactions generally meet the requirements of applicable laws, including the federal
AKS and analogous state laws, it is possible that our arrangements with physicians and other providers may be questioned by regulatory or enforcement
authorities under such laws, which could lead us to redesign the arrangements and subject us to significant civil or criminal penalties. We have designed our
policies  and  procedures  to  comply  with  the  federal  AKS,  FCA,  and  industry  best  practices.  In  addition,  we  have  conducted  training  sessions  on  these
principles. If, however, regulatory or enforcement authorities were to view these arrangements as non-compliant with applicable laws, there would be risk
of  government  investigations/inquiries  or  penalties.  There  is  also  risk  that  one  or  more  of  our  employees  or  agents  will  disregard  the  rules  we  have
established. Because our strategy relies on the involvement of physicians who consult with us on the design of our products, perform clinical research on
our  behalf  or  educate  other  health  care  professionals  about  the  efficacy  and  uses  of  our  products,  we  could  be  materially  impacted  if  regulatory  or
enforcement agencies or courts interpret our financial relationships with physicians who refer or order our products to be in violation of applicable laws.
This could harm our reputation and the reputations of the physicians we engage to provide services on our behalf. In addition, the cost of noncompliance
with  these  laws  could  be  substantial  since  we  could  be  subject  to  monetary  fines  and  civil  or  criminal  penalties,  and  we  could  also  be  excluded  from
federally-funded healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, VA and TRICARE.

The  FCA  imposes  civil  liability  on  any  person  or  entity  that  knowingly  submits,  or  causes  the  submission  of,  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  to  the  U.S.
government. Damages under the FCA can be significant and consist of the imposition of fines and penalties. The FCA also allows a private individual or
entity to sue on behalf of the government to recover civil penalties and treble damages as a whistleblower. FCA liability is potentially significant in the
healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of between $11,181 and $22,363 per false claim or statement
for penalties assessed after January 29, 2018, with respect to violations occurring after November 2, 2015.

Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payers if they are deemed to “cause” the
submission of false or fraudulent claims. The PPACA provides that claims tainted by a violation of the federal AKS are false for purposes of the FCA. The
DOJ on behalf of the government has previously alleged that the marketing and promotional practices of pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers,
including the off-label promotion of products or the payment of prohibited kickbacks to doctors, violated the FCA, resulting in the submission of improper
claims  to  federal  and  state  healthcare  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  In  certain  cases,  manufacturers  have  entered  into  criminal  and  civil
settlements  with  the  federal  government  under  which  they  entered  into  plea  agreements,  paid  substantial  monetary  amounts  and  entered  into  onerous
corporate integrity agreements with the government that require, among other things, substantial reporting and remedial actions, as well as oversight and
review by an outside entity, an Independent Review Organization (“IRO”), at substantial expense to the Company.

Under the HIPAA criminal federal healthcare fraud statute, it is a crime to knowingly and willfully execute, or attempt to execute, a scheme or artifice to
defraud any health care benefit program or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property
owned by, or under the custody or control of, any health care benefit program, in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items
or services.

There are federal and state laws requiring detailed reporting of manufacturer interactions with and payments to healthcare providers, such as the federal
Physician Payments Sunshine Act (“Sunshine Act”). The Sunshine Act requires, among others, “applicable manufacturers” of drugs, devices, biological
products, and medical supplies reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to annually report to CMS information
related  to  payments  and  other  transfers  of  value  provided  to  “covered  recipients.”  The  term  covered  recipients  includes  U.S.-licensed  physicians  and
teaching hospitals, and, for reports submitted on or after January 1, 2022, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse
anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives. There is the risk that CMS or another government agency may take the position that our products are not human
cell and tissue products regulated solely under Section 361, and thereby assert that we are currently subject to the Sunshine Act, which could subject us to
civil penalties and the administrative burden of having to comply with the law.

There are state law equivalents to the AKS and FCA. There are also so-called state “all-payer” anti-kickback laws which may apply to items or services
reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, as well as when no insurer is involved (i.e. cash-pay patients).

The enforcement of all of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change. Federal or state regulatory or enforcement authorities may investigate or
challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any investigation or challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.  Any  state  or  federal  regulatory  or  enforcement  review  of  us,  regardless  of  the  outcome,  would  be  costly  and  time
consuming. Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether these changes are retroactive or will have effect on a going-
forward basis only.

30

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by current and potential future healthcare reforms.

In response to perceived increases in healthcare costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the U.S. federal government, state
governments, regulators and third-party payers to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. In the U.S., the PPACA
was  enacted  in  2010  with  a  goal  of  reducing  the  cost  of  healthcare  and  substantially  changing  the  way  healthcare  is  financed  by  both  government  and
private insurers.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the PPACA was enacted. The Budget Control Act of 2011 created
measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of
at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several
government  programs.  This  included  aggregate  reductions  of  Medicare  payments  to  providers  of  2%  per  fiscal  year,  which  went  into  effect  on  April  1,
2013. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several
provider types, including hospitals.

In addition to the ACA, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”) repealed the Sustainable Growth Rate formula used to
calculate  Medicare  payment  updates  for  physicians  providing  services  to  Medicare  beneficiaries.  In  its  place,  MACRA  introduced  the  Quality  Payment
Program  (“QPP”),  which  is  a  value-based  program  that  focuses  on  quality  and  outcomes  as  a  metric  for  physician  reimbursement.  The  Centers  for
Medicare and Medicaid Services released its final rules for the QPP in October 2016. The QPP, which impacts more than 600,000 physicians and other
practice-based clinicians, represents a fundamental change in physician reimbursement, transitioning from a system that solely rewards volume of care to
one that also rewards quality and value of care. The rule may have an impact on our revenue in the future. The program’s increased emphasis on quality
and cost of care may encourage physicians to merge practices or seek direct employment with hospitals. In addition, the ACA encourages hospitals and
physicians to work collaboratively through shared savings programs as well as other bundled payment initiatives. These shifts could lead to a consolidation
of hospital providers into larger delivery networks with increased price negotiation strength resulting in downward pressure on our selling prices. Although
we believe that we are well positioned to minimize any such impact on our business, our inability to address the consolidation trend could materially and
adversely affect our business and results of operations.

There  is  uncertainty  with  respect  to  the  impact  the  U.S.  Administration,  the  executive  order,  and  the  attempted  legislation  may  have,  if  any,  and  any
changes will likely take time to unfold and could have an impact on coverage and reimbursement for healthcare items and services, including our products.
We believe that substantial uncertainty remains regarding the net effect of the PPACA, or its repeal and potential replacement, on our business, including
uncertainty over how benefit plans purchased on exchanges will cover our products, how the expansion or contraction of the Medicaid program will affect
access to our products, the effect of risk-sharing payment models such as Accountable Care Organizations and other value-based purchasing programs on
coverage for our product, and the effect of the general increase or decrease in federal oversight of healthcare payers. The taxes imposed and the expansion
in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry under the PPACA, if unchanged, may result in decreased revenues, lower reimbursements by payers for
our products and reduced medical procedure volumes, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

We currently market our products in a small number of foreign countries, including in Japan. Foreign jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals
and  compliance  with  numerous  and  varying  regulatory  requirements.  The  approval  procedures  vary  among  countries  and  may  involve  requirements  for
additional testing. Certain of our products require clearance or approval by the FDA. However, such clearance or approval does not ensure approval or
certification by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure
approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process may
include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We
may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any foreign
jurisdiction.  Furthermore,  many  foreign  jurisdictions  operate  under  socialized  medical  care,  and  obtaining  reimbursement  for  our  products  under  that
construct may also prove difficult. If we fail to receive necessary approvals, certifications, or reimbursements necessary to commercialize our products in
foreign  jurisdictions  on  a  timely  basis,  or  at  all,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be  adversely  affected.  Further,
governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices, and our products may become subject
to more rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. U.S. or non-U.S. government regulations may be imposed in the future that
may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

31

Federal and state laws that protect the privacy and security of personal information may increase our costs and limit our ability to collect and use that
information and subject us to liability if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Numerous  federal  and  state  laws,  rules  and  regulations  govern  the  collection,  dissemination,  use,  security  and  confidentiality  of  personal  information,
including protected health information and individually identifiable health information. These laws include:

•

provisions of HIPAA that limit how covered entities and business associates may use and disclose protected health information, provide certain
rights to individuals with respect to that information and impose certain security requirements

• HITECH, which strengthened and expanded the HIPAA Privacy Rule and Security Rules, imposed data breach notification obligations, created
new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates and gave
state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in U.S. federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and
seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;
other federal and state laws restricting the use and protecting the privacy and security of personal information, including health information, many
of which are not preempted by HIPAA;
federal and state consumer protection laws; and
federal and state laws regulating the conduct of research with human subjects.

•
•

•

The California Consumer Protection Act (“CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020, is a privacy law that requires certain companies doing
business in California to disclose information regarding the collection and use of a consumer’s personal data and to delete a consumer’s data upon request.
The  Act  also  permits  the  imposition  of  civil  penalties  and  expands  existing  state  security  laws  by  providing  a  private  right  of  action  for  consumers  in
certain circumstances where consumer data is subject to a breach. We are still evaluating whether and how this rule will impact our U.S. operations and/or
limit the ways in which we can provide services or use personal data collected while providing services.

As part of our business operations, including our medical record keeping, third-party billing and reimbursement and research and development activities,
we collect and maintain protected health information in paper and electronic format. Standards related to collecting and maintaining health information,
whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, HITECH, state laws, federal or state action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which
we handle personal information, including healthcare-related data, and communicate with payers, providers, patients, donors and others, and compliance
with  these  standards  could  impose  significant  costs  on  us  or  limit  our  ability  to  offer  services,  thereby  negatively  impacting  the  business  opportunities
available to us.

If we are alleged to have not complied with existing or new laws, rules and regulations related to personal information, we could be subject to litigation and
to sanctions that include monetary fines, civil or administrative penalties, civil damage awards or criminal penalties.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology through patents and other means is uncertain and may be inadequate, which
could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights to the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, as
well  as  a  combination  of  copyright,  trade  secret  and  trademark  laws  and  nondisclosure,  confidentiality  and  other  contractual  restrictions  to  protect  our
proprietary technology, including our licensed technology. These legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or
permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to material aspects of our products and
procedures  that  may  not  be  protected  by  issued  patents.  The  patent  application  process  can  be  time  consuming  and  expensive.  Our  pending  patent
applications  might  not  result  in  issued  patents,  and  issued  patents  may  later  be  determined  to  be  invalid  or  unenforceable  as  a  result  of  district  court
litigation or related administrative proceedings. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are
comparable or even superior to ours. Although we have taken steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, including entering into
confidentiality  agreements  and  intellectual  property  assignment  agreements  with  some  of  our  officers,  employees,  consultants  and  advisors,  such
agreements  may  not  be  enforceable  or  may  not  provide  meaningful  protection  for  our  trade  secrets  or  other  proprietary  information  in  the  event  of
unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements.

The failure to obtain and maintain patents or protect our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and
financial condition. Whether a patent claim is valid is a complex matter of science, facts and law, and therefore we cannot be certain that, if challenged in a
court of law, or through an administrative proceeding, our

32

patent claims would be upheld. If any of those patent claims are invalidated or determined to be unenforceable, our competitive advantage may be reduced
or eliminated.

In  the  event  a  competitor  infringes  upon  our  licensed  patents,  issued  patents,  pending  patent  applications  or  other  intellectual  property  rights,  enforcing
those rights may be costly, uncertain, difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights could
be  expensive  and  time  consuming  and  could  divert  our  management’s  attention.  Further,  bringing  litigation  to  enforce  our  patents  subjects  us  to  the
potential for counterclaims. Other companies or entities also have commenced, and may again commence, actions seeking to establish the invalidity of our
patents  and  certain  related  claims.  In  the  event  that  any  of  our  patent  claims  are  challenged,  a  court,  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office
(“USPTO”), or the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (“PTAB”) of the USPTO may invalidate one or more challenged patent claims or determine that the
patent is unenforceable, which could harm our competitive position. If the USPTO or the PTAB ultimately cancels or narrows the claim scope of any of our
patents  through  these  proceedings,  it  could  prevent  or  hinder  us  from  being  able  to  enforce  them  against  competitors.  Such  adverse  decisions  could
negatively impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In  addition,  the  laws  of  some  foreign  countries  do  not  protect  intellectual  property  rights  to  the  same  extent  as  the  laws  of  the  United  States.  Many
companies have encountered significant problems in enforcing and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it
difficult for us to stop infringement of our foreign patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, some
foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the
enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or
no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain
outcomes.  Accordingly,  we  may  choose  not  to  seek  patent  protection  in  certain  countries,  and  we  will  not  have  the  benefit  of  patent  protection  in  such
countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other
aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in some countries may be inadequate.

We may become subject to claims of infringement of the intellectual property rights of others, which could prohibit us from developing our products,
require us to obtain licenses from third parties or to develop non-infringing alternatives, and subject us to substantial monetary damages.

Third  parties  could  assert  that  our  products  infringe  one  or  more  claims  of  their  issued  patents  or  other  intellectual  property  rights.  Whether  a  product
infringes a patent claim or other intellectual property right involves a complex combination of legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often
uncertain.  Therefore,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  have  not  infringed  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  Because  patent  applications  are  not
immediately published, and may take years to issue, there also may be applications now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued
patent claims that our products or processes may infringe. There also may be existing patents or pending patent applications of which we are unaware that
our products or processes may inadvertently infringe.

Any infringement claim could cause us to incur significant costs, place significant strain on our financial resources, divert management’s attention from our
business  and  harm  our  reputation.  If  the  relevant  patent  claims  at  issue  in  such  a  dispute  were  upheld  as  valid  and  enforceable  and  we  were  found  to
infringe, we could be prohibited from selling any product that is found to infringe those claims through an injunction unless we could obtain licenses to use
the technology covered by the asserted patent claims or other intellectual property, or are able to design around the patent claim or claims at issue or other
intellectual property. We may be unable to obtain such a license on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and we may not be able to redesign our products to
avoid  infringement.  A  court  could  also  order  us  to  pay  compensatory  damages  for  such  infringement,  plus  prejudgment  interest  and  could,  in  addition,
treble the compensatory damages and award attorney fees. These damages could be substantial and could harm our reputation, business, financial condition
and operating results. A court also could enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us and our customers from making, using, or
selling products, and could enter an order mandating that we undertake certain remedial measures. Depending on the nature of the relief ordered by the
court, we could become liable for additional damages to third parties. Further, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with
intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our trade secrets or other confidential information could be compromised by inadvertent or court-
ordered disclosure during this type of litigation.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, or our independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged
trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our
competitors.

Some of our employees were previously employed at other medical device, pharmaceutical or tissue companies. We may also hire additional employees
who  are  currently  employed  at  other  medical  device,  pharmaceutical  or  tissue  companies,  including  our  competitors.  Additionally,  consultants  or  other
independent agents with which we may contract may be or have been in a

33

contractual  arrangement  with  one  or  more  of  our  competitors.  Although  no  claims  are  currently  pending,  we  may  be  subject  to  claims  that  we,  our
employees, or our independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former
employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or
her  non-competition  or  non-solicitation  agreement.  Litigation  may  be  necessary  to  defend  against  these  claims.  Even  if  we  are  successful  in  defending
against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail to defend such claims, in addition to paying
monetary  damages,  we  may  lose  valuable  intellectual  property  rights  or  personnel.  Any  future  litigation  or  the  threat  thereof  may  adversely  affect  our
ability to hire additional direct sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to market existing or
new products, which could severely harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Our Consolidated Financial Statements, Internal Controls and Related Matters

If we fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting in the future, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and
operating results.

We have in the past reported material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which we have since remediated. If material weaknesses
or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, our consolidated financial statements might contain
material  misstatements  and  we  could  be  required  to  restate  our  financial  results.  Moreover,  because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  any  control  system,
material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, or at all. If we are unable to provide reliable and timely
financial reports in the future, our business and reputation may be further harmed. Failures in internal controls may also cause us to fail to meet reporting
obligations,  negatively  affect  investor  confidence  in  our  management  and  the  accuracy  of  our  financial  statements  and  disclosures,  or  result  in  adverse
publicity and concerns from investors, any of which could have a negative effect on the price of our Common Stock, subject us to regulatory investigations
and penalties or shareholder litigation, and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial health.

As of January 2024, the Company had aggregate borrowings outstanding of $30.0 million under its Revolving Credit Facility and $20.0 million under its
Term  Loan  Facility,  all  pursuant  to  its  Citizens  Credit  Agreement  (as  defined  below  in  Item  7,  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations). Our outstanding debt may limit our ability to borrow additional funds or may adversely affect the terms on which
such additional funds may be available. Additionally, a default under certain other indebtedness constitutes an event of default under the Citizens Credit
Agreement. Consequently, the effects of a default under other debt may be amplified by the lenders exercising the remedies available to it in the Citizens
Credit Agreement for events of default, including foreclosure on the collateral securing our obligations and the declaration that all amounts outstanding
under the Citizens Credit Agreement are immediately due and payable.

The restrictive covenants in the Citizens Credit Agreement, and the Company’s obligation to make payments under the Citizens Credit Agreement, limit
our operating and financial flexibility and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Citizens Credit Agreement imposes operating and financial restrictions and covenants. The Company must comply with certain financial covenants,
including,  a  maximum  total  net  leverage  ratio  and  a  minimum  consolidated  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio.  Additionally,  the  Citizens  Credit  Agreement
includes  certain  customary  restrictive  covenants,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  limitations  on  indebtedness,  liens,  fundamental  changes,  dispositions,
investments,  loans,  advances,  guarantees,  acquisitions,  dividends  and  other  restricted  payments,  transactions  with  affiliates,  swap  transactions,  sale  and
leaseback transactions, prepayments on subordinated debt, and amendments to organizational and other material agreements.

The Citizens Credit Agreement also contains certain customary events of default, including, without limitation, (i) failure to pay interest or principal when
due, (i) failure to provide notice of certain material events and (iii) failure to perform or observe certain covenants under the Citizens Credit Agreement or
any related loan documents (subject to a 30-day grace period in certain circumstances). If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the agent under the
agreement  may,  and  at  the  direction  of  the  lenders,  take  one  or  more  of  the  following  actions:  (i)  terminate  the  commitments,  (ii)  declare  any  amounts
outstanding immediately due and payable, and (iii) exercise any other right it has under the Citizens Credit Agreement or at law. Compliance with such
covenants may restrict our operating flexibility, and in the event that we were unable to comply with such covenants, leading to default and acceleration,
this could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

34

EW Healthcare Partners and its interests may conflict with those of our other shareholders.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  EW  Healthcare  Partners  and  their  affiliates  owned  approximately  19.3%  of  our  Common  Stock  (calculated  on  the  basis
described in Item 12, “Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management” below). Also, for as long as EW Healthcare Partners and its
affiliates collectively hold at least (i) 10% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, EW Healthcare Partners has the right to select two individuals
that the Company must include among its nominees to serve on our Board and (ii) 5% (but less than 10%) of the outstanding shares of our outstanding
Common Stock, EW Healthcare Partners has the right to select one individual that the Company must include among its nominees to serve on our Board.
EW Healthcare Partners designated Martin P. Sutter and William A. Hawkins, III, who continue to serve on our board as directors. The interests of EW
Healthcare Partners may conflict with those of our other shareholders, and EW Healthcare Partners may seek to influence, and may be able to influence, us
through its director nomination rights and its share ownership.

The price of our Common Stock has been, and will likely continue to be, volatile.

The  market  price  of  our  Common  Stock,  like  that  of  the  securities  of  many  other  healthcare  companies  that  are  engaged  in  research,  development,  and
commercialization, has fluctuated over a wide range, and it is likely that the price of our Common Stock will fluctuate in the future. The market price of our
Common Stock could be impacted by a variety of factors, including:

Changes in government regulations or our failure to comply with any such regulations;

Fluctuations in stock market prices and trading volumes of similar companies or of the markets generally;

•
• Our ability to successfully launch, market and earn significant revenue from our products;
• Our ability to obtain additional financing to support our continuing operations;
• Disclosure of the details and results of our clinical trials and our regulatory applications and proceedings;
• Developments in and disclosure or publicity regarding existing or new litigation or contingent liabilities;
•
• Additions or departures of key personnel;
• Our investments in research and development or other corporate resources;
• Announcements of technological innovations or new commercial products by us or our competitors;
• Developments in the patents or other proprietary rights owned or licensed by us or our competitors;
•
• Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, including as a result of seasonality in our business, as well as any restatements of

The timing of new product introductions;

previously reported results;

• Our ability to effectively and consistently process or manufacture our products and avoid costs associated with the recall of defective or potentially

defective products;

• Our ability and the ability of our distribution partners to market and sell our products;
•
•

Changes in reimbursement for our products or the price for our products to our customers;
Removal of our products from the FSS, or changes in how government accounts purchase products such as ours or in the price for our products to
government accounts;

• Activities of market participants and investors, including analysts and MIMEDX shareholders;
• Material amounts of short-selling of our Common Stock; and
•

The other risks detailed in this Item 1A.

Any unanticipated shortfall in our revenue in any fiscal quarter could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in that quarter. The effect on our
net income of such a shortfall could be exacerbated by the relatively fixed nature of most of our costs, which primarily include personnel costs as well as
facilities  costs.  These  fluctuations  could  cause  the  trading  price  of  our  stock  to  be  negatively  affected.  Our  quarterly  operating  results  have  varied
substantially in the past and may vary substantially in the future, including as a result of seasonality in our business. Price volatility or a decrease in the
market  price  of  our  Common  Stock  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  raise  capital,  liquidity,  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Securities analysts may elect not to report on our common stock or may issue negative reports that adversely affect the stock price.

If we fail to attract the coverage of securities analysts, or if securities analysts discontinue covering our common stock, the lack of research coverage may
adversely  affect  the  actual  and  potential  market  price  of  our  common  stock.  The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  may  be  affected  in  part  by  the
research and reports that industry participants, industry analysts or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts elect to cover us
and then downgrade the stock, the stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in
the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Fluctuations in revenue or results of operations could cause additional volatility in our stock price.

35

Any unanticipated shortfall in our revenue in any fiscal quarter could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in that quarter. The effect on our
net income of such a shortfall could be exacerbated by the relatively fixed nature of most of our costs, which primarily include personnel costs as well as
facilities  costs.  These  fluctuations  could  cause  the  trading  price  of  our  stock  to  be  negatively  affected.  Our  quarterly  operating  results  have  varied
substantially in the past and may vary substantially in the future.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock.

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  Common  Stock.  We  currently  expect  to  use  available  funds  and  any  future  earnings;  in  the
development, operation and expansion of our business; to repay debt; and, to the extent authorized by our Board, repurchasing our Common Stock. We do
not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Common Stock
will be an investor’s only source of potential gain from our Common Stock for the foreseeable future.

Certain provisions of Florida law and anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if
an  acquisition  would  be  beneficial  to  shareholders,  which  could  affect  our  share  price  adversely  and  prevent  attempts  by  shareholders  to  remove
current management.

The Florida Business Corporation Act (the “FBCA”) includes several provisions applicable to the Company that may discourage potential acquirors. Such
provisions include provisions that:

•
•

•

allow directors to take other stakeholders into account in discharging their duties;
a requirement that certain transactions with a shareholder of 10% or more ownership must be approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the
other shareholders unless approved by a majority of the disinterested directors or certain fair price requirements are met; and
voting  rights  acquired  by  a  shareholder  at  ownership  levels  at  or  above  one-fifth,  one-third  and  a  majority  of  voting  power  are  denied  unless
authorized by the Board prior to such acquisition or by a majority of the other shareholders (excluding interested shares (as defined in the FBCA)).

Additionally, our organizational documents contain provisions:

•
•
•
•

authorizing the issuance of blank check preferred stock;
restricting persons who may call shareholder meetings;
permitting shareholders to remove directors only “for cause” and only by super-majority vote; and
providing the Board with the exclusive right to fill vacancies and to fix the number of directors.

These provisions of Florida law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws could negatively affect our share price, prevent attempts by shareholders to
remove  current  management,  prohibit  or  delay  mergers  or  other  takeovers  or  changes  of  control  of  the  Company  and  discourage  attempts  by  other
companies to acquire us, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our shareholders.

36

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no unresolved SEC Staff comments with respect to our SEC filings.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

We face significant and persistent cybersecurity risks due primarily to: the substantial level of harm that could occur to us and our customers were we to
suffer impacts of a material cybersecurity incident; and our use of third-party products, services and components. We are committed to maintaining robust
governance and oversight of these risks and to implementing mechanisms, controls, technologies, and processes designed to help us assess, identify, and
manage  these  risks.  While  we  have  not,  as  of  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report,  experienced  a  cybersecurity  threat  or  incident  that  resulted  in  a  material
adverse impact to our business or operations, there can be no guarantee that we will not experience such an incident in the future. In addition, these threats
are constantly evolving, thereby increasing the difficulty of successfully defending against them or implementing adequate preventative measures. We seek
to  detect  and  investigate  unauthorized  attempts  and  attacks  against  our  network,  products,  and  services,  and  to  prevent  their  occurrence  and  recurrence
where practicable through changes or updates to our internal processes and tools and changes or updates to our products and services; however, we remain
potentially vulnerable to known or unknown threats.

We  aim  to  incorporate  industry  best  practices  throughout  our  cybersecurity  program.  Our  cybersecurity  strategy  focuses  on  implementing  effective  and
efficient controls, technologies, and other processes to assess, identify, and manage material cybersecurity risks. Our cybersecurity program is designed to
be  aligned  with  applicable  industry  standards  and  is  assessed  periodically  by  independent  third-parties.  We  have  processes  in  place  to  assess,  identify,
manage, and address material cybersecurity threats and incidents. These include, among other things: annual and ongoing security awareness training for
employees; mechanisms to detect and monitor unusual network activity; and containment and incident response tools. We monitor issues that are internally
discovered or externally reported that may affect our business, and have processes to assess those issues for potential cybersecurity impact or risk. We also
have a process in place to manage cybersecurity risks associated with third-party service providers. We impose security requirements upon our suppliers,
including: maintaining an effective security management program and abiding by information handling and asset management requirements. Our Board of
Directors has ultimate oversight of cybersecurity risk, which it manages as part of our enterprise risk management program. That program is utilized in
making  decisions  with  respect  to  company  priorities,  resource  allocations,  and  oversight  structures.  The  Board  of  Directors  is  assisted  by  the  Audit
Committee,  which  regularly  reviews  our  cybersecurity  program  with  management  and  reports  to  the  Board  of  Directors.  Cybersecurity  reviews  by  the
Audit  Committee  or  the  Board  of  Directors  generally  occur  at  least  annually,  or  more  frequently  as  determined  to  be  necessary  or  advisable.  Our
cybersecurity program is run by the head of our information security department, who reports to our Chief Financial Officer. Our Chief Financial Officer is
informed about and monitors prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation efforts through regular communication and reporting from professionals in
the information security team, who hold cybersecurity certifications such as a Certified Information Systems Security Professional, and through the use of
technological tools and software and results from third party audits. We have an escalation process in place to inform senior management and the Board of
Directors of material issues.

Item 2. Properties

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  Marietta,  Georgia,  where  we  lease  office,  laboratory,  tissue  processing  and  warehouse  space.  We  also  lease  a
facility  in  Kennesaw,  Georgia,  which  primarily  consists  of  laboratory,  tissue  processing  and  warehouse  space.  Our  properties  are  used  for  the  design,
manufacture  and  marketing  of  Wound  &  Surgical  product  portfolio.  We  believe  that  such  properties  are  suitable  and  adequate  to  meet  the  needs  of  our
business.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The description of the Welker v. MiMedx, et. al. case contained in Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies to our financial statements included in Item 8
is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

37

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Common Stock

Our Common Stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the trading symbol “MDXG”.

Holders

Based upon information supplied from our transfer agent, there were approximately 810 shareholders of record of our Common Stock as of February 23,
2024.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends since our inception and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable
future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including general economic
and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other factors as our Board deems relevant.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our Common Stock with the cumulative total stockholder return of the Nasdaq
Composite Index and the Russell 2000 Index, for the five year period that commenced on December 31, 2018 and ended December 31, 2023, assuming an
investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2018.

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON DEC. 31, 2018
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT; NO DIVIDENDS ISSUED BY MIMEDX
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DEC. 31, 2023

38

 
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Information about securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to Item 12 of Part III of this
Annual Report.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On  December  22,  2023,  all  95,000  outstanding  shares  of  the  Company’s  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Preferred  Stock”),  together  with
accrued dividends, were mandatorily converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with the Preferred Stock terms set forth in the
Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended. The Preferred Stock conversion, triggered by the Company’s increased Common Stock share price and
following  the  third  anniversary  of  the  Preferred  Stock  financing  transaction  in  July  of  2020.  As  a  result  of  this  conversion,  29,761,650  new  shares  of
Common Stock were issued by the Company to an affiliate of EW Healthcare Partners and to certain funds managed by Hayfin Capital Management LLP.
The Company received no consideration upon the conversion. The shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred Stock were
issued in reliance upon exemptions pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pursuant to applicable state securities
laws  and  regulations,  in  that  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  issued  by  the  Company  to  its  existing  security  holders  and  no  commission  or  other
remuneration was paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

There were no purchases of our Common Stock made by or on behalf of the Company during the year ended December 31, 2023.

39

Item 6. [Reserved]

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Executive Summary

During  2023,  the  Company  delivered  20.0%  growth  in  net  sales,  with  broad-based  contributions  by  customer  type.  This  growth  was  driven  by  a
combination  of  commercial  execution,  favorable  end  market  demand  and  contributions  from  newer  products  to  our  portfolio.  Operating  and  financial
highlights during the year include:

•

Fourth quarter and full year 2023 net sales of $86.8 million and $321.5 million, respectively, reflecting 16.7% and 20.0% growth over the fourth
quarter and full year 2022, respectively.

• Net income from continuing operations for the fourth quarter and full year 2023 of $51.3 million and $67.4 million, respectively.

• Announced strategic realignment of the Company, increasing focus on Wound & Surgical business and significantly improving profitability;

disbanded the Regenerative Medicine business unit and suspended knee osteoarthritis clinical trial program.

•

Launched EPIEFFECT, the latest addition to the Company’s broad portfolio of Advanced Wound Care products.

• Announced conversion of outstanding Series B convertible preferred stock to common stock.

• Appointed new members to the Company’s Executive Leadership Team, including a new CEO, CFO and Chief Operating Officer.

Overview

MIMEDX is a pioneer and leader in placental biologics focused on delivering innovative solutions to patients and the healthcare professionals who treat
them. With more than a decade of experience helping clinicians manage acute and chronic wounds, MIMEDX has been dedicated to providing a leading
portfolio of products for applications in the wound care, burn, and surgical sectors of healthcare. All of our products sold in the United States are regulated
by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (“FDA”). We apply Current Good Tissue Practices (“CGTP”) and other applicable quality standards in addition
to terminal sterilization to produce our allografts.

Our Products

Our product portfolio is divided into two categories (1) Wound Care Products and (2) Surgical and Other Products.
Our  Wound  Care  Products  include  EPIFIX,  EPICORD  and  EPIEFFECT,  which  are  all  marketed  for  external  use,  such  as  in  Advanced  Wound  Care
applications. Within Surgical and Other, our product offering includes AMNIOFIX, AMNIOCORD and AMNIOEFFECT, which are positioned for use in a
variety  of  applications  and  surgical  settings,  including  lower  extremity  repair,  plastic  surgery,  vascular  surgery  and  multiple  orthopedic  repairs  and
reconstructions. Our AXIOFILL product has also seen the most uptake by clinicians for surgical applications.

By specific source material, our primary platform technologies include tissue allografts derived from human placental membrane (EPIFIX, AMNIOFIX,
EPIEFFECT, and AMNIOEFFECT), tissue allografts derived from human umbilical cord (EPICORD and AMNIOCORD), and a particulate extracellular
matrix derived from human placental disc (AXIOFILL).

This discussion, which presents our results for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated
Financial Statements and the accompanying notes. Also, please refer to Part I, Item 1, Business, and Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, which include detailed
discussions of various items impacting our business, results of operations and financial condition. We intend for this discussion to provide the reader with
information that will assist in understanding our financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period
and  the  primary  factors  that  accounted  for  those  changes.  We  also  discuss  certain  performance  metrics  that  management  uses  to  assess  the  Company's
performance.

Our Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2022 (the “2022 Annual Report”) includes a discussion and analysis of our total company financial
condition  and  results  of  operations  for  2022  compared  to  2021  in  Part  II,  Item  7,  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations.  Please  note  that,  subsequent  to  the  publication  of  our  2022  Annual  Report,  we  announced  our  plan  to  disband  our  Regenerative
Medicine business unit, the results of which we believe are not material to an understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and
results  of  operation,  is  now  classified  as  discontinued  operations.  For  further  details,  please  see  Note  13,  Discontinued Operations,  to  our  consolidated
financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

40

Components of and Key Factors Influencing Our Results of Continuing Operations

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. We believe the items discussed below provide
insight into the factors that affect these key measures.

Net sales

Our  net  sales  are  derived  from  selling  to  a  wide  range  of  customers,  including  hospitals,  wound  care  centers  and  private  physician  offices  that  have
clinicians using our suite of products to aid in the management of patients with chronic or hard-to-heal wounds. These customers choose products like ours
based upon a variety of factors, including clinical efficacy, availability, handling characteristics, and reimbursement coverage and payer sources. Net sales
is recognized based on the consideration we expect to receive from the sale at the point in time when control of the goods is transferred to the customer,
which generally occurs upon our delivery to a third-party carrier or implantation for consignment arrangements. Net sales consists of the gross selling price
of the product, less any discounts, rebates, fees paid to GPOs, and returns.

Cost of goods sold and gross profit

Cost  of  goods  sold  includes  product  testing  costs,  quality  assurance  costs,  personnel  costs,  manufacturing  costs,  raw  materials  and  product  costs,
depreciation  and  facility  costs  associated  with  our  manufacturing  and  warehouse  facilities.  Fluctuations  in  our  cost  of  goods  sold  correspond  with  the
fluctuations in these costs as well as sales volume.

Gross profit is calculated as net sales less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales. Our gross margin is affected by
product and geographic sales mix, realized pricing of our products, the efficiency of our manufacturing operations and the costs of materials used to make
our products. Regulatory actions, including with respect to reimbursement for our products, may require costly expenditures or result in pricing pressure,
and may decrease our gross profit and gross margin.

Selling, general and administrative expense

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense includes costs to execute our sales strategy. These include personnel costs pertaining to our sales
force and sales support functions, including salaries, commissions and other incentive compensation, commissions to sales agents, customer support, travel
expenses,  and  bad  debt  expense.  SG&A  expense  also  includes  costs  related  to  functions  which  support  our  business,  such  as  legal,  finance,  human
resources, and other such functions that include costs such as personnel costs, insurance, and certain professional fees. We expect our SG&A expense to
fluctuate based on revenue fluctuations, geographic changes, and any changes to the size of our headcount, particularly that of our sales and marketing
forces. Certain of these costs scale with sales, but can fluctuate depending on sales mix. For example, we pay sales agents a greater commission than our
internal sales force, meaning that we could incur greater commission expenses if a greater proportion of our sales are through sales agents.

Research and development expense

Research and development expense relates to our investments to expand our product pipeline and platforms, including historically through clinical trials, as
well as expenditures in improvements to our manufacturing process and the enhancement of existing products. Our research and development costs also
include expenses such as salaries and benefits related to our research department, consulting costs and advisory costs, and regulatory costs.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Fluctuations in research and development expenses can be impacted by the timing and cadence of
our clinical trials.

Investigation, restatement and related expense

Investigation, restatement and related expense primarily relates to legal fees advanced to certain former officers and directors of the Company under certain
indemnification agreements and our liability from legal proceedings taken against us. The timing and extent of these expenses depend on the stage and
status of legal proceedings. Other activity includes amounts received from certain director and officer insurance providers.

Interest expense

We incur interest expense primarily through stated interest on our outstanding term and revolving loans. The interest on our term and revolving loans are
currently tied to applicable Secured Overnight Financing Rates (“SOFR”). Increases in SOFR

41

could cause our interest expense to increase. Other activity influencing interest expense relates to the amortization of deferred financing costs and original
issue discount associated with credit facilities outstanding.

Income Taxes

We  generate  tax  liability  primarily  in  the  United  States  and  have  net  operating  losses,  research  and  development  tax  credit  carryforwards,  and  other
deferred tax assets which defray our liability. Large fluctuations are generally due to changes in our expectations of the realizability of our deferred tax
assets. See “Critical Accounting Estimates” for further details.

Results of Continuing Operations for 2023 Compared to 2022

Net sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative

Research and development
Investigation, restatement and related
Amortization of intangible assets
Interest expense, net
Other expense, net

Income tax provision benefit (expense)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Net Sales

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change

$

$

321,477  $
54,634 

267,841  $
48,316 

266,843

211,124 
12,665 
5,176 
762 
(6,457)
(26)

219,525 

208,673 

12,701 
12,177 
701 
(5,016)
(4)

36,806 
67,439  $

(206)

(19,953) $

53,636 
6,318 

47,318 

2,451 

(36)
(7,001)

61 
(1,441)

(22)

37,012 

87,392 

20.0 %

13.1 %

21.6 %

1.2 %

(0.3)%
(57.5)%

8.7 %
28.7 %

nm

nm

nm

We recorded net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023 of $321.5 million, an increase of $53.6 million, or 20.0%, over the year ended December 31,
2022 net sales of $267.8 million.

Our sales by care setting were as follows (amounts in thousands):

Hospital
Private Office
Other
Total

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

Change

$

%

$

$

187,000  $
95,789 
38,688 

163,206  $
77,158  $
27,477  $

321,477  $

267,841  $

23,794 
18,631 
11,211 

53,636 

14.6 %
24.1 %
40.8 %

20.0 %

Net  sales  in  the  Hospital  setting  were  $187.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  a  $23.8  million,  or  14.6%  increase,  compared  to  $163.2
million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by sales of our new products introduced since the third quarter of 2022,
particularly AMNIOEFFECT.

Net sales in the Private Office setting grew by $18.6 million, or 24.1%, to $95.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $77.2 million
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  The  increase  reflects  general  increases  in  sales  volume,  driven  by  strong  commercial  execution,  an  evolving
Medicare reimbursement landscape in this site of service and sales of our new products introduced since the fourth quarter of 2023.

Net sales in Other care settings increased by $11.2 million, or 40.8%, to $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $27.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by the addition of new customers in certain other sites of service and, to a lesser
extent, initial contributions related to our commercial efforts in Japan.

42

Gross Margin and Cost of Sales

Gross margin in 2023 was 83.0%, compared to 82.0% in 2022. The increase in margin was driven by a higher proportion of sales with lower manufacturing
costs as well as increased throughput efficiencies compared to 2022.

Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $54.6 million, an increase of $6.3 million, or 13.1%, compared to $48.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2022. The increase in cost of sales was driven by the increase in sales volume and the changes in margins noted above.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

SG&A  expense  increased  $2.5  million,  or  1.2%,  to  $211.1  million  for  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  $208.7  million  for  December  31,  2022.  The
increase was driven by higher levels of sales commissions due to higher sales volumes, as well as increases in stock-based compensation in 2023. These
increases were partially offset by a decrease in certain administrative expenses, including severance expenses associated with the departure of our former
CEO in 2022.

Research and Development Expense

Our research and development (“R&D”) expense remained essentially flat at $12.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Our R&D expenses in 2022 and 2023 were primarily driven by the development and launches of our newest products in the portfolio, AMNIOEFFECT,
AXIOFILL and EPIEFFECT, along with additional early-stage Wound & Surgical products in development.

Investigation, Restatement and Related Expense

Investigation, restatement, and related expenses decreased $7.0 million to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $12.2 million
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  The  decrease  was  related  to  negotiated  reductions  in  legal  fees  previously  incurred  under  indemnification
agreements  with  certain  former  members  of  management  year-over-year.  In  addition,  following  the  end  of  a  legal  proceeding,  expenses  under  our  last
material indemnification agreement substantially ceased in 2023. Prior to this, the Company had incurred significant expenses in fulfilling its obligations
under indemnification agreements by advancing and reimbursing legal fees of certain former officers and directors of the Company.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization expense related to intangible assets increased $0.1 million from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $0.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2023.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense increased $1.4 million to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The
increase was the result of year-over-year increases in the reference market interest rates on our outstanding debt. We expect interest expense to decrease in
future quarters as a result of our debt refinancing transactions completed on January 2024.

Income Tax Provision

The effective tax rate for 2023 and 2022 was (120.2)% and (1.0)%, respectively, on pre-tax book income from continuing operations of $30.6 million for
2023  and  pre-tax  book  loss  from  continuing  operations  of  $19.7  million  for  2022.  Our  effective  tax  rate  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  was
significantly influenced by the reversal of a valuation allowance, reflecting a change in the determination of the likelihood of the realizability of certain of
the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  that  date.  This  re-evaluation  occurred  as  a  result  of  the  conclusion  that  the  disbanding  of  our  Regenerative
Medicine segment qualified as a discontinued operation, in concert with the Company’s operating results. Net operating losses incurred during 2022 were
offset by a full valuation allowance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We require capital for our operating activities, including costs associated with the sale of product through direct and indirect sales channels, research and
development activities, compliance costs, costs to sell and market our products, regulatory fees, and legal and consulting fees in connection with ongoing
litigation  and  other  matters.  We  generally  fund  our  operating  capital  requirements  through  our  operating  activities  and  cash  reserves.  We  expect  to  use
capital to invest in the broadening of our

43

product  portfolio,  including  through  potential  acquisitions,  licensing  agreements  or  other  arrangements,  the  international  expansion  of  our  business  and
certain capital projects.

As of December 31, 2023, we had $82.0 million of cash and cash equivalents.

Our net working capital at December 31, 2023 was $118.3 million, an increase of $27.6 million from $90.6 million at December 31, 2022. Our current ratio
was 3.6 to 1 as of December 31, 2023 and 3.1 to 1 as of December 31, 2022.

The Company is currently paying its obligations in the ordinary course of business. We believe that our anticipated cash from operating activities, existing
cash  and  cash  equivalents,  and  available  credit  under  the  Citizens  Credit  Agreement,  as  defined  below,  will  enable  us  to  meet  our  operational  liquidity
needs for the twelve months following the filing date of this Annual Report.

Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations associated with ongoing business activities are expected to result in cash payments in future periods. See Item 8, Note 16,
Commitments and Contingencies, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding our contractual commitments.

Citizens Loan Facilities

On January 19, 2024, we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Citizens Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks comprised of Citizens Bank, N.A.
as administrative agent (the “Agent”),  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  The  Citizens  Credit  Agreement  was  designed  to  simultaneously  improve  our  capital
structure, providing the ability to refinance the $50 million Hayfin Term Loan at lower interest rates and have access to additional borrowing capacity that
could be deployed in the future in support of our organic and potential inorganic growth objectives.

The  Citizens  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  senior  secured  credit  facilities  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  up  to  $95.0  million  consisting  of:  (i)  a
$75.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit and a $10.0 million
swingline  loan  sublimit,  and  (ii)  a  $20.0  million  senior  secured  term  loan  facility  (the  “Term  Loan  Facility”  and,  together  with  the  Revolving  Credit
Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). All obligations are required to be paid in full on January 19, 2029 (the “Maturity Date”), and are guaranteed by certain of
the Company’s subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors pursuant to a customary security agreement.
Subject to the terms of the Citizens Credit Agreement, the Company has the option to obtain one or more incremental term loan facilities and/or increase
the  commitments  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to  the  greater  of  (i)  $50.0  million  and  (ii)  1.00  times  the
Company’s Consolidated EBITDA as defined therein, each subject to the existing or any new lenders’ election to extend additional term loans or revolving
commitments.

At  our  option,  borrowings  under  the  Citizens  Credit  Agreement  (other  than  any  swingline  loan)  will  bear  interest  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  (i)  the
Alternate Base Rate, as defined therein, or (ii) a Term SOFR as defined therein, in each case plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.25% and 2.50% with
respect to Alternate Base Rate borrowings and 2.25% and 3.50% for Term SOFR borrowings. Swingline loans will bear interest at a rate per annum equal
to one-month Term SOFR plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin will be determined based on the Company’s consolidated total net leverage
ratio.

The  Company  is  required  to  pay  a  quarterly  commitment  fee  on  any  unused  portion  of  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  letter  of  credit  fees,  and  other
customary fees to the Agent and the Lenders. The Term Loan Facility will amortize on a quarterly basis at 1.25% (for year one and two), 1.875% (for year
three and four), and 2.5% (for year five) based on the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, with the remainder due on the
Maturity Date. The Company must make mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset dispositions and casualty events, subject in each case to
customary reinvestment rights. The Company may prepay borrowings under the Credit Facilities at any time, without premium or penalty, and may, at its
option, reduce the aggregate unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility in whole or in part, in each case subject to the terms of the Credit
Agreement. The Company must also comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum total net leverage ratio and a minimum consolidated
fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as other customary restrictive covenants.

44

In addition, on January 19, 2024, we borrowed $30.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility and $20.0 million under the Term Loan Facility. Proceeds
from the initial drawings under the Credit Facilities, together with cash on hand, were used to repay in full the $50.0 million principal amount and other
obligations under that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2020 (as amended from time to time), by and among the Company, the guarantors
party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Hayfin Services LLP, as administrative and collateral agent (as amended from time to time, the “Hayfin Loan
Agreement”)  and  to  pay  related  fees,  premiums,  costs  and  expenses  (collectively  with  the  entry  into  the  Citizens  Credit  Agreement  and  the  initial
borrowings thereunder, the “Debt Refinancing Transactions”).

On February 27, 2024, we repaid the initial $30.0 million drawing under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Hayfin Term Loan

In June 2020, we entered into the Hayfin Loan Agreement, under which Hayfin provided us with a senior secured term loan of $50 million (the “Hayfin
Term Loan”).  The  Hayfin  Term  Loan  was  to  mature  on  June  30,  2025  (the  “Maturity Date”).  Interest  on  any  borrowings  was  based  on  SOFR,  plus  a
fallback provision of 0.15%, subject to a floor of 1.5%, plus a margin of 6.75%. As of December 31, 2023, the Hayfin Term Loan carried an interest rate of
12.3%.

As noted above, in January 2024, we repaid in full the Hayfin Term Loan as part of the Debt Refinancing Transactions and terminated the Hayfin Loan
Agreement.

Separation Agreement

In  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Separation  Agreement  and  General  Release  with  Timothy  R.  Wright,  the  former  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the
Company (the “Separation Agreement”).  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Separation  Agreement  and  Mr.  Wright’s  general  release  of  all  claims  against  the
Company, the Company will pay Mr. Wright a total of $3.1 million in cash in a series of installments through September 2024. Of this amount, $1.2 million
is reflected in accrued compensation in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023.

Discussion of Cash Flows for 2023 Compared to 2022

Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  of  continuing  operations  increased  $42.9  million  to  $34.9  million
compared to cash used of $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily as a
result  of  year-over-year  increases  in  net  sales,  which  drove  increases  in  collections  from  customers,  as  well  as  year-over-year  decreases  in  operating
expenses during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $2.2 million, a decrease of $0.5 million, compared to $2.7 million for
the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  The  primary  reason  for  the  decrease  was  a  $0.5  million  increase  in  capital  expenditures,  year-over-year,  offset  by
$1.0 million of payments made pursuant to a licensing agreement in 2022.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in financing activities was $8.6 million, an increase of $8.0 million compared to cash used in
financing activities of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. During 2023, we repurchased 5,000 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock for
$9.5  million.  The  repurchase  was  offset  by  increases  in  proceeds  from  option  exercises  ($0.3  million)  and  decreases  in  stock  repurchases  for  tax
withholdings ($1.2 million).

Critical Accounting Estimates

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial
statements  requires  that  we  make  judgments  and  estimates  which  may  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We derive these
judgments  and  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  other  relevant  factors  which  we  believe  to  be  reasonable.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these
estimates.

Share-Based Compensation

45

Description

We measure the fair value of stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees on the grant date and recognize the assessed fair value as
share-based compensation expense, straight-line, over the requisite service period to achieve the award based on the vesting requirements, to the extent that
the achievement of performance conditions associated with such awards, as applicable, are determined to be “probable.”

Judgments and Uncertainties

Share-based payment arrangements are measured at fair value on the grant date. The fair value of equity incentive awards, which are usually shares of our
common stock, are generally measured at the last trading price on the grant date.

The  fair  value  of  stock  options  is  calculated  using  an  appropriate  valuation  technique.  The  valuation  technique  generally  requires  us  to  make  certain
assumptions, including (1) the fair value of the common stock, (2) the expected volatility of our stock price, (3) the expected term of the award, (4) the risk-
free  interest  rate,  and  (5)  expected  dividends.  Our  expectation  for  volatility  is  generally  based  on  historical  daily  share  price  movements,  with  certain
adjustments for abnormal share price activity associated with events which are not expected to recur during the expected term. The expected term of the
award requires us to make assumptions regarding the post-vesting behavior of the recipients, which is based off available evidence. Our assumption for the
risk-free rate is derived from prevailing U.S. Treasuries with similar terms to the award on the grant date. Our assumption for dividends is derived from our
own dividend history.

To the extent that any such awards are subject to a market condition, the resolution of the market condition is reflected in the fair value of the grant date.
Further, the requisite service period associated with an award containing a market condition must derive the service period over which the market condition
is expected to be met. Fair value and derived service periods are generally determined using a Monte Carlo simulation.

Subsequent  to  the  determination  of  fair  value,  we  recognize  expense  to  the  extent  we  evaluate  that  performance  conditions  associated  with  share-based
payment arrangements are probable of occurring. In certain cases where the extent of vesting is based on the extent of achievement, we are required to
determine  the  extent  to  which  achievement  is  probable.  We  determine  probable  performance  based  on  actual  performance  to  date,  internally-developed
budgets and forecasts for periods covered by the relevant performance condition, and other evidence deemed relevant to this determination. We re-evaluate
our  probability  assessments  at  least  quarterly,  with  any  revisions  reflected  as  a  cumulative  adjustment  to  expense.  Because  of  the  cumulative  nature  of
adjustments, during any period in which we re-evaluate probability, the adjustments could significantly impact our results of operations.

Sensitivity of Estimate to Change

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we granted stock options with a fair value on the grant date of $7.0 million. This estimate was determined using a
Monte Carlo simulation using the following inputs:

Stock price on grant date
Exercise price
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility (annualized)
Dividend yield
Weighted average grant date fair value

$
$

$

Assumption

3.70 
3.70 
3.58 %
75.00 %
— %

1.93 

The granted stock options reflected an expected term based on our expectations for exercise activity. Changes in any of these assumptions could result in a
revised estimate of fair value of the granted stock options, which would impact the amount of expense recognized over the requisite service period, and
could materially affect the total fair value or the amount of expense recognized in a particular period.

In addition, cumulative expense recognized for unvested performance stock unit awards was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. This is
based on determinations regarding probable resolution or the extent of probable resolution of relevant performance conditions to earn such awards. If it is
subsequently  determined  that  the  performance  conditions  associated  with  these  awards  are  no  longer  probable  of  being  met,  or  performance  conditions
which were determined to be probable of occurring do not actually occur, we could reverse up to this amount of expense in the period such determination is
made. Furthermore, if probable levels of achievement are later determined to be greater, or actual achievement exceeds the level

46

of achievement assessed as probable, we could record increases to expense to reflect this level of achievement. The amount of any incremental expense
recognition or reversal will depend on the magnitude and timing of such change in estimate.

Net Sales

Description

We record estimates for returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales based on our expectation for such returns.

Judgments and Uncertainties

We  sell  our  products  to  individual  customer  and  independent  distributors  (collectively  referred  to  as  “customers”).  Customers  obtain  and  use  products
either  through  ship  and  bill  sales  or  consignment  arrangements.  We  recognize  revenue  as  performance  obligations  are  fulfilled,  which  generally  occurs
upon the shipment of product to customers for ship and bill sales or upon implantation for consignment sales. We recognize revenue based on consideration
we expect to receive from the sale. This consists of the gross selling price of the product, less any discounts, rebates, fees paid to GPOs, and an expectation
for sales returns.

We maintain a return policy that allows our customers to return product for any reason within 30 days of sale, and to return product that is damaged or non-
conforming, ordered in error, or due to recall at any time. We anticipate increases in sales returns in light of potential or actual regulatory actions.

We  derive  an  expectation  for  product  returns  based  on  historical  return  patterns  and  other  factors,  including  shifts  in  our  regulatory  environment  and
product recalls. Determinations involving other factors are based on our estimates for product at customer sites that are eligible for return.

Additions or reversals to our return allowance, as determined necessary, are accounted for prospectively and recorded as a decrease or increase to net sales,
respectively. Actual returns are recorded against the recorded accrual.

Sensitivity of Estimate to Change

We  have  accrued  $1.1  million  for  sales  returns  as  of  December  31,  2023.  Changes  in  return  patterns  or  unforeseen  changes  in  regulations  or  identified
product recalls could cause returns significantly in excess of this estimate.

Income Taxes

Description

We record a valuation allowance to offset our net deferred tax asset to the extent that realization is not likely.

Judgments and Uncertainties

Deferred  income  taxes  arise  from  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  reported  amounts  in  the  financial
statements. Transactions which result in lower taxable income in the future give rise to deferred tax assets.

We evaluate our ability to recover deferred tax assets based on projected future taxable income, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning
strategies,  and  our  recent  operating  results.  Judgment  is  required  to  determine  whether  the  totality  of  this  evidence  suggests  that  we  can  recover  our
deferred tax assets in the future.

Sensitivity of Estimate to Change

As of December 31, 2023, we had $0.9 million in valuation allowances recorded against our deferred tax assets balance of $41.7 million. The amount and
extent of the valuation allowance necessary to reflect the extent of realization of these deferred tax assets being more likely than not may change due to
changes  in  tax  law,  a  revision  to  our  expectation  regarding  taxable  income  in  the  future,  taxable  income  generated  in  a  period  in  which  we  had  not
previously anticipated taxable income, a change in scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, and other changes.

If the weight of available evidence suggests that some or all of this amount is more likely than not to be realized, we will change the valuation allowance
with a corresponding adjustment to income tax provision (benefit) expense to the extent that the underlying deferred tax asset is more likely than not to be
realized.

47

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Item 8, Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for recently adopted accounting pronouncements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We do not
hedge against interest rate risk.

The interest rate on our new Term Loan Facility is currently determined quarterly based on the 1-month SOFR. As of December 31, 2023, after giving
effect  to  the  Debt  Refinancing  Transactions,  the  interest  rate  on  our  Term  Loan  Facility  was  7.9%.  A  100-basis  point  change  in  SOFR  would  change
interest expense by $0.5 million on an annualized basis.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  we  incurred  $1.5  million  in  incremental  interest  expense  as  a  result  of  increases  in  relevant  reference  rates
during the year under the Hayfin Loan Agreement.

48

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Financial Statements

Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 34)
Consolidated Balance Sheets – As of December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Operations – For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) – For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F- 2
F- 4
F- 5
F- 6
F- 7
F- 8

F- 1

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MiMedx Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MiMedx Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2023 and
2022,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity  (deficit),  and  cash  flows,  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended
December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company's
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on
the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current-period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or
required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (1)  relates  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical
audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Net Sales - Revenue Recognition — Refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company sells its products primarily to individual customers and independent distributors (collectively referred to as “customers”). Customers obtain
and use products either through ship and bill sales or consignment arrangements. Under ship and bill arrangements, the Company retains possession of the
product until the customer submits an order and the order is shipped to the customer. Under consignment arrangements, the customer takes possession of
the product, but the Company retains title until the implantation, or application of the Company’s product to the end user. The Company recognizes revenue
as performance obligations are fulfilled, which generally occurs upon the shipment of product to the customers for ship and bill orders or upon implantation
for consignment sales.

We  identified  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  for  ship  and  bill  and  consignment  sales  at  or  near  year  end  as  a  critical  audit  matter  because  of  the
judgments involved in evaluating that the performance obligations are fulfilled. This required a higher degree of audit effort and auditor judgment when
performing audit procedures and evaluating the results of these procedures.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the timing of revenue recognition transactions included the following, among others:

• We tested the effectiveness of controls over the recognition of ship and bill and consignment sales at or near year end.

• We created data visualizations using a detail of all revenue transactions and evaluated trends in the transactional revenue data with emphasis on

activity at or near year end.

• We evaluated and tested corollary relationships between revenue and related accounts.

• We evaluated the appropriateness and consistency of the methods and assumptions utilized by management to estimate consignment revenue.

• We tested a sample of consignment revenue transactions manually accrued as of year-end and evaluated whether the transactions were recorded in

the correct period.

• We  selected  a  sample  of  ship  and  bill  revenue  transactions  close  to  period  end  by  agreeing  the  amounts  recognized  to  source  documents  and

evaluating whether the transaction was recorded in the correct period.

• We tested a sample of credits issued after year end by agreeing to documents supporting the authorization for the issuance of the credit and to

evaluate if the credit was issued in the correct period.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
February 28, 2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.

 
 
MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventory
Prepaid expenses
Current assets of discontinued operations
Other current assets

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Right of use assets
Deferred tax assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

Total assets

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued expenses
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities
Long term debt, net
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Convertible preferred stock Series B; $.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding
at December 31, 2023 and 100,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

Common stock; $.001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 146,227,639 issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2023 and 187,500,000 authorized, 113,705,447 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

December 31,

2023

2022

82,000  $
53,871 
21,021 
5,624 
— 
1,745 
164,261 
6,974 
2,132 
40,777 
19,441 
5,257 
205 
— 
239,047  $

9,048  $

22,353 
9,361 
1,352 
3,894 
46,008 
48,099 
2,223 
96,330  $

65,950 
43,084 
13,183 
7,315 
1,331 
3,335 
134,198 
7,856 
3,400 
— 
19,441 
5,852 
148 
535 
171,430 

8,454 
20,856 
10,934 
1,479 
1,834 
43,557 
48,594 
4,773 
96,924 

—  $

92,494 

146 
276,249 
(133,678)
142,717 
239,047  $

114
173,804 
(191,906)
(17,988)
171,430 

$

$

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Investigation, restatement and related
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of intangible assets

Operating income (loss)

Other expense, net

Interest expense, net
Other expense, net

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax provision
Income tax provision benefit (expense) from continuing operations
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations available to common stockholders
(Note 10)

Basic net income (loss) per common share:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Basic net income (loss) per common share:

Diluted net income (loss) per common share:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Diluted net income (loss) per common share:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

321,477  $
54,634 
266,843 

267,841  $
48,316 
219,525 

211,124 
12,665 
5,176 
762 
— 
37,116 

(6,457)
(26)
30,633 
36,806 
67,439 
(9,211)
58,228  $

208,673 
12,701 
12,177 
701 
— 
(14,727)

(5,016)
(4)
(19,747)
(206)
(19,953)
(10,244)
(30,197) $

242,019 
39,628 
202,391 

194,846 
9,932 
3,791 
820 
53 
(7,051)

(4,980)
(23)
(12,054)
(247)
(12,301)
2,016 
(10,285)

55,796  $

(26,533) $

(18,437)

0.48  $
(0.08)
0.40  $

0.43  $
(0.06)
0.37  $

(0.24) $
(0.09)
(0.33) $

(0.24) $
(0.09)
(0.33) $

(0.17)
0.02 
(0.15)

(0.17)
0.02 
(0.15)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

116,495,810 
145,962,462 

112,909,266 
112,909,266 

110,353,406 
110,353,406 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(in thousands, except share data)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Balance at December 31, 2020
Deemed dividends
Share-based compensation expense
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of restricted stock
Restricted stock shares
canceled/forfeited
Shares repurchased for tax
withholding
Other
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2021
Share-based compensation expense
Issuance of restricted stock
Restricted stock shares
canceled/forfeited
Exercise of stock options
Shares repurchased for tax
withholding
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2022
Conversion of Series B Preferred
Stock
Repurchase of Series B Preferred
Stock
Employee stock purchase plan
Share-based compensation expense
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of restricted stock
Restricted stock shares
canceled/forfeited
Net income

112,703,926  $

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

112,703,926  $

— 
840,759 

— 
160,762 

— 
— 

113,705,447  $

29,761,650 

— 
444,809 
— 
130,129 
2,185,604 

— 
— 

Balance at December 31, 2023

146,227,639  $

Treasury Stock

Accumulated  

113  $
— 
— 
— 
— 

158,610 
(926)
14,757 
(1,199)
(4,053)

Shares
1,773,683  $

— 
— 
(487,361)
(810,405)

Amount

(7,449) $
— 
— 
2,636 
4,053 

— 

515 

73,056 

(515)

Deficit
(151,424) $

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
113  $
— 
1 

— 
— 

— 
(2,009)
— 
165,695 
12,666 
(3,969)

30 
(618)

469,239 
(239,502)
— 

778,710  $

— 
(882,251)

5,338 
(151,239)

(4,751)
2,009 
— 
(4,017) $
— 
3,968 

(30)
1,269 

— 
— 
(10,285)
(161,709) $

— 
— 

— 
— 

Total

(150)
(926)
14,757 
1,437 
— 

— 

(4,751)
— 
(10,285)
82 
12,666 
— 

— 
651 

— 
— 
114  $

— 
— 
173,804 

249,442 
— 
—  $

(1,190)
— 
—  $

— 
(30,197)
(191,906) $

(1,190)
(30,197)
(17,988)

30 

— 
— 
— 
— 
2 

87,840 

(4,935)
1,367 
17,178 
885 
(268)

— 

— 
— 
— 
(17,032)
(73,335)

— 

— 
— 
— 
112 
266 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

87,870 

(4,935)
1,367 
17,178 
997 
— 

— 
— 
146  $

378 
— 
276,249 

90,367 
— 
—  $

(378)
— 
—  $

— 
58,228 
(133,678) $

— 
58,228 
142,717 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 
 
MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash flows provided by
(used in) operating activities of continuing operations:

Deferred income tax provision
Share-based compensation
Depreciation
Bad debt expense
Non-cash lease expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Accretion of asset retirement obligation
Loss (gain) on fixed asset disposal
Impairment of intangible assets
Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued expenses
Other liabilities

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations
Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities of discontinued operations
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of equipment
Patent application costs
Sales of equipment
Cash paid for licensing agreement
Principal payments from note receivable
Net cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payments under finance lease obligations
Repurchase of Series B Preferred Shares
Stock repurchased for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock

Net cash flows used in financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2023

2021

$

67,439  $

(19,953) $

(12,301)

(37,802)
16,959 
2,665 
1,449 
1,268 
762 
505 
93 
15 
— 

(12,237)
(7,838)
(283)
1,535 
783 
1,829 
(1,708)
(497)
34,937 
(8,162)
26,775 

(1,987)
(168)
— 
— 
— 
(2,155)

— 
11,328 
3,345 
2,820 
1,259 
701 
467 
92 
(17)
— 

(5,937)
(1,794)
(1,371)
(333)
839 
(1,859)
2,366 
75 
(7,972)
(9,921)
(17,893)

(1,514)
(170)
24 
(1,000)
— 
(2,660)

997 
(52)
(9,515)
— 
(8,570)
16,050 
65,950 
82,000  $

651 
(41)
— 
(1,190)
(580)
(21,133)
87,083 
65,950  $

$

— 
14,156 
4,363 
— 
989 
820 
1,055 
81 
262 
53 

(10,620)
(1,406)
(501)
9,982 
(159)
5,008 
(20,497)
(1,159)
(9,874)
7,892 
(1,982)

(3,218)
(252)
— 
— 
75 
(3,395)

1,437 
(38)
— 
(4,751)
(3,352)
(8,729)
95,812 
87,083 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

Nature of Business

MiMedx Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires, “MIMEDX,” or the “Company”) is a pioneer and leader
in  placental  biologics  focused  on  helping  humans  heal.  With  more  than  a  decade  of  helping  clinicians  manage  chronic  and  other  hard-to-heal  wounds,
MIMEDX  is  dedicated  to  providing  a  leading  portfolio  of  products  for  applications  in  the  wound  care,  burn,  and  surgical  sectors  of  healthcare.  The
Company’s vision is to be the leading global provider of healing solutions through relentless innovation to restore quality of life. All of our products sold in
the United States are regulated by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”).

The Company’s product portfolio and product development focuses on Wound and Surgical markets.

The  Company’s  business  is  focused  primarily  on  the  United  States  of  America  but  the  Company  also  has  a  small  commercial  presence  in  several
international locations, including Japan.

Disbanding of Regenerative Medicine Business Unit

On June 20, 2023, the Company announced the disbanding of its Regenerative Medicine business unit and the suspension of its Knee Osteoarthritis clinical
trial program. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company completed the regulatory obligations associated with the clinical trial and concluded that the
business unit met the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation at that time. Refer to Note 13, Discontinued Operations, for further discussion.

2.    Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All  intercompany  balances  and
transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Reclassifications

Increases  in  cash  resulting  from  changes  in  income  taxes  of  $0  and  $9.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  respectively,  were
separately  presented  in  previously  issued  consolidated  statements  of  cash  flows.  These  amounts  are  reflected  as  part  of  changes  in  other  assets  in  the
consolidated statements of cash flows included in these consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America
(“GAAP”).  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  reported  consolidated  statements  of  operations  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include estimated useful lives and potential impairment of property
and  equipment,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  estimates  of  loss  for  contingent  liabilities,  estimate  of  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  estimate  of  fair
value  of  share-based  payments,  the  extent  of  probable  achievement  of  performance  conditions  in  share-based  payment  awards,  estimates  of  returns  and
allowances, and valuation of deferred tax assets.

Segment Reporting

The application of GAAP requires the use of the “management approach” model for segment reporting. The management approach model is based on the
way a company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) organizes segments within the Company for which separate financial information is available
regarding  resource  allocation  and  assessing  performance.  The  Company  has  concluded  that  its  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  is  its  CODM.  The
Company  reassesses  the  existence  of  operating  segments  when  facts  and  circumstances  suggest  that  there  may  have  been  a  change  in  the  way  that  the
Company  is  managed.  Prior  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2023,  the  Company  assessed  that  it  operated  as  two  operating  and  reportable  segments:  Wound  &
Surgical  and  Regenerative  Medicine.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2023,  upon  the  conclusion  that  the  Regenerative  Medicine  segment  met  all  the
requirements to be classified as a discontinued operation, the Company reassessed its operating segments, concluding that the CODM assesses performance
and resources as one reportable segment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash held at various banks. The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of
three months or less at the date of purchase and money market mutual funds to be cash equivalents.

Market Concentrations and Credit Risk

The  Company  places  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  on  deposit  with  U.S.-based  financial  institutions.  The  U.S.  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
(“FDIC”)  provides  insurance  coverage  for  deposits  up  to  $250,000  for  substantially  all  depository  accounts.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the
Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $81.3 million and $65.2 million, respectively, in excess of the insured amounts in five depository
institutions.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers for which revenue has been recognized. Generally, the Company does not require collateral or
any other security to support its receivables.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the Company’s current expectations for credit losses, which is generally informed by historical
trends.  The  Company’s  policy  to  reserve  for  potential  bad  debts  based  on  the  age  of  the  individual  receivable  as  well  as  customer-specific  qualitative
factors, such as bankruptcy proceedings. The Company manages credit risk by routinely performing credit checks on customers prior to sales. Individual
receivables are written-off after all reasonable efforts to collect the funds have been made. Actual write-offs may differ from the amounts reserved.

Inventory

Inventory  is  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  Costs  of  inventory  sold  are  recognized  using  the  first–in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)
method. Inventory is tracked through raw material, work-in-process, and finished goods stages as the product progresses through various production steps
and stocking locations. Labor and overhead costs are absorbed through the various production processes up to when the work order closes. Historical yields
and normal capacities are utilized in the calculation of production overhead rates. Write-downs are utilized to account for slow-moving inventory as well as
inventory no longer needed due to diminished demand or regulatory action.

Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  and  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  principally  three  to  seven
years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives and the remaining lease term.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The  Company  records  obligations  associated  with  the  legal  requirement  to  retire  long-lived  assets  when  an  estimate  for  the  cost  of  retirement  can
reasonably be made. The Company reviews legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from contractual obligations or
the  acquisition,  construction,  development  and/or  normal  use  of  the  assets.  If  it  is  determined  that  a  legal  obligation  exists,  regardless  of  whether  the
obligation is conditional on a future event, the fair value of the liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which it is incurred,
if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The fair value is calculated as the estimate of the expected cash outflow to satisfy the legal obligation
discounted to present value using the Company’s then-prevailing incremental borrowing rate. At such point in time, an asset and liability are recorded for
the amount of the expected liability. The asset amount is depreciated, straight-line, over the life of the underlying asset, while the liability is accreted to the
amount of the expected outflow through selling, general and administrative expense using the effective interest method. Subsequent revisions to estimates
for future cash flows related to the asset retirement obligations are recorded as equal increases or decreases to the retirement asset and liability.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The  Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  its  long-lived  assets  (property,  equipment,  right  of  use,  and  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives)  whenever
adverse  events  or  changes  in  business  climate  indicate  that  the  expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  from  the  related  assets  may  be  less  than  their
carrying  amounts.  When  a  situation  arises  which  results  in  a  conclusion  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  an  asset  is  not  recoverable,  the  Company
estimates cash flows expected to be derived from the continuing use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the sum of those cash flows, not discounted to
present value, does not exceed the net book value of the asset, the Company estimates the fair value of the asset. Impairment loss is recorded to the extent
that the net book value exceeds the fair value of the asset.

Impairment reviews are based on an estimated future cash flow approach that requires significant judgment with respect to future revenue and expense
growth rates, selection of appropriate discount rate (as applicable), asset groupings, and other assumptions and estimates. The Company uses estimates that
are consistent with its business plans and a market participant view of the assets being evaluated. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The Company recorded no impairment losses on intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and $0.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2021. The Company recorded no impairment losses with respect to any other classes of long-lived assets in those periods.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The  Company  assesses  goodwill  for  impairment  at  least  annually  on  October  1  and  more  frequently  whenever  events  or  substantive  changes  in
circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. In performing the goodwill impairment test, the Company first assesses
qualitative factors to determine the existence of impairment. If the qualitative factors indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair
value, the Company proceeds to a quantitative test to measure the existence and amount, if any, of goodwill impairment. The Company may also choose to
bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative test.

In performing the quantitative test, impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its assessed fair value.

If the Company concludes that the way in which it is being managed has changed and results in a change to its concluded reporting units, the goodwill
assigned to the original reporting unit is allocated to the new reporting units based on the relative fair value of the new reporting units.

The Company determines the fair value of reporting units using the income and market approaches, as applicable. Under the income approach, the fair
value of a reporting unit is the present value of its future cash flows as viewed from the lens of a hypothetical market participant in an orderly transaction.
These future cash flows are derived from expectations of revenue, expenses, tax deductions and credits, working capital flows, capital expenditures, and
other projected sources and uses of cash, as applicable. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value using a
discount  rate  commensurate  with  the  risks  associated  with  the  reporting  unit  subject  to  testing.  Under  the  market  approach,  the  Company  uses  market
multiples derived from various comparable companies based on measures salient to investors in those companies.

On June 20, 2023, the Company announced the disbanding of its Regenerative Medicine business unit and the suspension of its Knee Osteoarthritis clinical
trial program. As a result of this event, the Company evaluated goodwill associated with the Regenerative Medicine reporting unit for potential impairment.
The  Company  estimated  fair  value  for  the  reporting  unit  using  the  income  approach;  specifically,  a  discounted  cash  flow  method.  As  a  result  of  this
assessment, management concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by an amount that exceeded its goodwill balance.
Accordingly, the Company recognized an impairment loss for the full amount of the goodwill ascribed to the Regenerative Medicine reporting unit.

Patent Costs

The Company incurs certain legal and related costs in connection with patent applications. The Company capitalizes such costs to be amortized over the
expected  life  of  the  patent  to  the  extent  that  an  economic  benefit  is  anticipated  from  the  resulting  patent  or  an  alternative  future  use  is  available  to  the
Company. The Company capitalized $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million of patent costs for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021,
respectively.

Leases

The Company determines if a contract is, or contains, a lease at inception. Leases provide the Company with the right to control an underlying asset for a
contractual term, subject to certain renewal and other rights, in exchange for a series of stipulated cash flows. Right of use (“ROU”) assets represent the
Company's right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company's obligation to make lease payments arising from
the lease.

Lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. The
Company  calculates  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  by  discounting  the  lease  payments  using  the  Company’s  incremental  borrowing  rate  for  a
collateralized or secured borrowing over a term equivalent to that of the lease. Lease payments that vary according to an index or rate are measured using
the index or rate at lease inception. The lease term and applicable payments include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain
that the Company will exercise such options. Options to renew or terminate a lease are included in the lease term to the extent that such provisions

are reasonably certain to be exercised. This determination is reassessed as new information arises and is accounted for prospectively. As an accounting
policy election, the Company does not capitalize leases having initial terms of 12 months or fewer. The Company has made an accounting policy election
not to separate lease components from non-lease components in the event that the agreement contains both.

Operating lease right of use assets and the related liabilities are included in right of use asset, other current liabilities, and other liabilities, respectively, in
the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense associated with operating leases is recognized, straight-line, over the lease term. The Company does not
recognize interest expense from operating lease liabilities.

Finance  lease  right  of  use  assets  and  the  related  liabilities  are  included  in  property  and  equipment,  net,  other  current  liabilities,  and  other  liabilities,
respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. Finance lease right of use assets are amortized, straight-line, over the lease term as depreciation expense.
Interest expense is recognized using the effective interest method on finance lease liabilities as part of interest expense, net.

Treasury Stock

Shares repurchased by the Company are recorded as treasury stock at the cost to acquire such shares. Subsequent issuances of shares held in treasury are
assumed to be released on a FIFO basis.

Contingencies

The Company is or has been subject to various patent challenges, product liability claims, government investigations, former employee matters, and other
legal proceedings. See Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies, for discussion of material matters. Legal fees and other expenses related to litigation are
expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses or investigation, restatement and related expenses in the consolidated
statements  of  operations,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  matter.  The  Company  records  an  accrual  for  resolution  costs  and  other  contingencies  in  the
consolidated  financial  statements  when  the  Company  determines  that  a  loss  is  both  probable  and  reasonably  estimable.  Subsequent  revisions  to  the
Company’s accrual are made as new information emerges and are accounted for prospectively. The Company discloses all ongoing legal matters for which
a loss is reasonably possible, regardless of whether an estimate can be reasonably determined.

Due to the fact that legal proceedings and other contingencies are inherently unpredictable, the Company’s estimates of the probability and amount of any
such liabilities involve significant judgment regarding future events. The actual costs of resolving a claim may be substantially different from the amount of
reserve the Company recorded. The Company records a receivable from its insurance carriers only when the resolution of any dispute has been reached and
realization of the amounts equal to the potential claim for recovery is considered probable. Any recovery of an amount in excess of the related recorded
contingent loss will be recognized only when all contingencies relating to recovery have been resolved.

Revenue Recognition

The Company sells its products primarily to individual customers and independent distributors (collectively referred to as “customers”). Customers obtain
and use products either through ship and bill sales or consignment arrangements. Under ship and bill arrangements, the Company retains possession of the
product  until  the  customer  submits  an  order.  Upon  approval  of  the  sales  order,  the  Company  ships  product  to  the  customer  and  invoices  them  for  the
product  sold.  Under  consignment  arrangements,  the  customer  takes  possession  of  the  product,  but  the  Company  retains  title  until  the  implantation  or
application of the Company’s product to the end user.

The Company recognizes revenue as performance obligations are fulfilled, which generally occurs upon the shipment of product to the customers for ship
and bill orders or upon implantation for consignment sales.

Revenue is recognized based on the consideration the Company expects to receive from the sale. This consists of the gross selling price of the product, less
any discounts, rebates or other amounts paid to customers, fees paid to Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”), and returns (collectively, “deductions”
or “sales deductions”). Gross selling price is a standard set by the Company for all customers unless a contract governing the sale provides for a specified
price. Sales deductions are specified in individual contracts with customers. The Company estimates the total sales deductions which a specific customer
will achieve over the relevant term and applies the reduction to sales as they are made throughout the period.

Sales deductions owed to customers and other parties are accrued and recorded in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.

The  Company  acts  as  the  principal  in  all  of  its  customer  arrangements  and  records  revenue  on  a  gross  basis.  Shipping  is  considered  immaterial  in  the
context of the overall customer arrangement, and damages or loss of goods in transit are rare. Therefore, shipping is not deemed a separately recognized
performance  obligation  and  the  Company  has  elected  to  treat  shipping  costs  as  activities  to  fulfill  the  promise  to  transfer  the  product.  The  Company
maintains a returns policy that allows its customers to return product that is damaged or non-conforming, ordered in error, or due to a recall. The estimate
of the provision for returns is based upon historical experience with actual returns. The Company’s payment terms for customers are typically 30 to 60 days
from receipt of title of the goods.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes all costs directly related to bringing the Company’s products to their final selling destination. Amounts include direct and indirect
costs to manufacture products including raw materials, personnel costs and direct overhead expenses necessary to convert collected tissues into finished
goods,  product  testing  costs,  quality  assurance  costs,  facility  costs  associated  with  the  Company’s  manufacturing  and  warehouse  facilities,  including
depreciation, freight charges, costs to operate equipment and other shipping and handling costs for products shipped to customers.

The Company obtains raw material in the form of human placenta donations from participating mothers who give birth via scheduled Caesarean section.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs consist of direct and indirect costs associated with the development of the Company’s technologies. Historically, these
expenses largely represented costs associated with our clinical trials, but now largely represent costs associated with new product development and pilot
production. These costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising expense

Advertising expense consists primarily of print media promotional materials. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the year
ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $0.6 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million respectively.

Income Taxes

Income  tax  provision,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  and  liabilities  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  reflect  management’s  best  assessment  of  estimated
current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous states.

Deferred  income  taxes  arise  from  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  reported  amounts  in  the  financial
statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these
assets are more likely than not to be realized. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of
their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, management considers all available
positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, results of
recent operations, and changes in tax laws. In projecting future taxable income, the Company begins with historical results and incorporates assumptions
about the amount of future state and federal pretax operating income adjusted for items that do not have tax consequences. The assumptions about future
taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage the underlying businesses. In
evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, management considers three years of cumulative income (loss) exclusive of items that will
not recur, such as discontinued operations. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using
enacted  tax  rates  in  effect  for  the  year  in  which  the  differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  The  effect  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  on  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities is recognized in the tax provision (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date.

The calculation of income tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations both for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and across numerous state jurisdictions. ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be
recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation
processes, on the basis of the technical

merits. The Company records unrecognized tax benefits within other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and adjusts these liabilities when
management’s judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these
uncertainties,  the  ultimate  resolution  may  result  in  a  payment  that  is  materially  different  from  management’s  current  estimate  of  the  unrecognized  tax
benefit liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to the deferred tax asset or income tax expense in the period in which new
information is available.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax
positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position, and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold, it recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax
authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statements of
operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if any, are included within the related deferred tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheets and recorded
as a component of income tax expense.

Share-based Compensation

The Company grants share-based awards to employees and members of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). Awards to employees and the
Board are generally made annually. Grants are issued outside of the annual cadence for certain new hires, promotions, and other events.

The amount of expense to be recognized is determined by the fair value of the award using inputs available as of the grant date. The fair value of equity
incentive awards that are not subject to a market condition is the value of common stock on the grant date. For equity incentive awards that are subject to a
market condition, the fair value of common stock on the grant date is adjusted to reflect the value of the market condition, generally using a path-dependent
pricing model, such as a Monte Carlo simulation.

For  awards  with  service-based  vesting  conditions  only,  the  Company  recognizes  share-based  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  through  the
vesting date of the last tranche of the award. For awards which are subject to a condition other than a service condition, the Company recognizes stock-
based  compensation  expense  using  the  graded-vesting  method,  treating  each  tranche  as  if  it  were  a  separately-granted  award  and  recognizing  expense
through  the  vesting  date  of  each  individual  tranche.  In  each  scenario,  the  Company  recognizes  share-based  compensation  expense  based  upon  the
probability  that  the  award  will  ultimately  vest.  The  Company  recognizes  the  cumulative  effect  of  changes  in  the  probability  outcomes  in  the  period  in
which the changes occur.

For awards subject to a market condition, the resolution of the market condition is not subsequently considered in expense recognition. Consequently, the
Company could recognize expense for awards that do not ultimately vest.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic  net  income  (loss)  per  common  share  is  calculated  as  net  income  (loss)  from  continuing  operations  available  to  common  stockholders  divided  by
weighted average common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Net income (loss) from continuing operations available to common stockholders is
calculated  by  adjusting  net  income  (loss)  for  dividends  on  the  Company’s  previously  outstanding  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (“Series  B
Preferred Stock”). This amount is divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period.

Weighted average common shares outstanding is calculated as shares of the Company outstanding adjusted for the portion of the period for which they are
outstanding. Unvested non-option share awards are excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding until they have vested.
Unexercised  stock  options  are  excluded  from  the  calculation  of  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding  until  they  are  exercised.  Shares  issuable
pursuant to the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) are included for the minimum number of shares issuable beginning at the point in
time that all contingencies for share issuance are resolved.

Diluted net income (loss) per common share adjusts basic net income (loss) per common share for convertible securities, options, equity incentive awards,
and  other  share-based  payment  awards  which  have  yet  to  vest  and  vest  only  upon  the  satisfaction  of  a  service  condition.  Equity  incentive  awards  and
options that are subject to a performance or market condition are included only if the performance or market condition would be satisfied if the end of the
applicable period were the end of the performance period. In any case, these adjustments are reflected in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per
common share to the extent that they reduce basic net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share.

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share from discontinued operations are evaluated using the same denominator as basic and diluted net
income (loss) per common share from continued operations.

The Company uses the if-converted method to calculate the dilutive effect of the Series B Preferred Stock and other convertible securities to the extent they
are outstanding. The if-converted method assumes that convertible securities are converted at the later of the issuance date and the beginning of the period.
If the hypothetical conversion of convertible securities, and the consequential avoidance of any accumulated preferred dividends, would decrease basic net
income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, these effects are incorporated in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) from continuing
operations per common share, adjusted for the portion of the period the securities were outstanding.

The Company uses the treasury stock method to calculate the dilutive effect of options, non-option share awards, and certain other share-based payments.
The treasury stock method assumes that the proceeds from exercise are used to repurchase common shares at the weighted average market price during the
period, increasing the denominator for the net effect of shares issued upon exercise less hypothetical shares repurchased.

Shares issuable pursuant to the ESPP are included in the calculation of diluted net loss per common share to the extent that such shares would be issued
based  on  the  share  price  at  the  conclusion  of  the  period,  excluding  the  shares  already  reflected  in  the  calculation  of  weighted  average  common  shares
outstanding.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

The respective carrying value of certain on-balance sheet financial instruments approximated their fair values due to the short-term nature and type of these
instruments.  These  financial  instruments  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable,  and  certain  other  financial  assets  and
liabilities.

The Company measures certain non-financial assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These non-recurring valuations include evaluating assets such as
long-lived assets, and non-amortizing intangible assets for impairment, allocating value to assets in an acquired asset group, and accounting for business
combinations. The Company uses the fair value measurement framework to value these assets and reports these fair values in the periods in which they are
recorded or written down.

Fair value financial instruments are recorded in accordance with the fair value measurement framework. The fair value measurement framework includes a
fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  observable  and  unobservable  inputs  used  to  measure  fair  values  in  their  broad  levels.  These  levels  from  highest  to
lowest priority are as follows:

•

•

•

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2: Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities or observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets,
but corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs or valuation techniques that are used when little or no market data is available.

The determination of fair value and the assessment of a measurement’s placement within the hierarchy require judgment. Level 3 valuations often involve a
higher  degree  of  judgment  and  complexity.  Level  3  valuations  may  require  the  use  of  various  valuation  methodologies  which  incorporate  unobservable
inputs, management estimates, and assumptions. Management’s assumptions could vary depending on the asset or liability valued and the valuation method
used.  Such  assumptions  could  include:  estimates  of  prices,  earnings,  costs,  actions  of  market  participants,  market  factors,  or  the  weighting  of  various
valuation methods. The Company may also engage external advisors to assist it in determining fair value, as appropriate.

Although  the  Company  believes  that  the  recorded  fair  value  of  its  financial  instruments  is  appropriate,  these  fair  values  may  not  be  indicative  of  net
realizable value or reflective of future fair values.

Government Assistance

The  Company  receives  benefits  from  various  government  entities  for  various  purposes  from  time  to  time.  With  respect  to  any  benefits  that  are  not
dependent on income (which are subject to the policy described under Income Taxes, above), the Company recognizes such benefits at the point in time in
which  all  barriers  to  receive  the  assistance  have  been  overcome  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  expected  benefit.  Benefits  are  reflected  in  the  consolidated
statements of operations in the line item to which the associated benefit relates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848):
Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of  Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting.”  ASU  2020-04  provides  temporary  expedients  to  accounting  guidance  for
certain contract modifications and hedging arrangements to ease financial reporting burdens as a result of market transitions from certain reference rates,
including the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

In June 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment No. 2”) to the loan agreement, dated as of June 30, 2020, by and among the
Company, Hayfin Services, LLP (“Hayfin”), an affiliate of Hayfin Capital Management LLP, and certain other parties, (as amended, the “Hayfin Loan
Agreement”), pursuant to which the reference rate used to determine the interest rate was changed from the LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing
Rate (“SOFR”).  Because  the  only  terms  of  Amendment  No.  2  that  affected  the  Company’s  contractual  cash  flows  were  related  to  the  changes  in  the
reference rate, the Company adopted the optional guidance prescribed by Topic 848 to this transaction. The adoption of ASU 2020-04 and its application to
the Second Amendment did not materially impact the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment  Reporting:  Improvements  to  Reportable  Segment  Disclosures  (Topic  280)”.  The  standard
seeks to improve the disclosures about a public entity’s reportable segments and address requests from investors for additional, more detailed information
about a reportable segment’s expenses. ASU 2023-07 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods in
fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2024.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  is  evaluating  the  impact  of  this  standard  on  its  consolidated
financial statements.

In  December  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-09,  “Improvement  to  Income  Tax  Disclosures  (Topic  740)”,  which  requires  additional  disclosures  for
income tax rate reconciliations, income taxes paid, and certain other tax disclosures. ASU 2023-09 is intended to enhance the transparency and decision
usefulness of income tax disclosures. The amendments in ASU 2023-09 address investor requests for enhanced income tax information primarily through
changes  to  the  rate  reconciliation  and  income  taxes  paid  information.  Adoption  is  required  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2024.  The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

All other ASUs issued and not yet effective as of December 31, 2023, and through the date of this report, were assessed and determined to be either not
applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the Company’s current and future financial position or results of operations.

3.    Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

Accounts receivable, gross
Allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable, net

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

57,015 
(3,144)
53,871 

$

$

46,867 
(3,783)
43,084 

Activity related to the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts during the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2021
Bad debt expense
Write-offs
Balance at December 31, 2022
Bad debt expense
Write-offs

Balance at December 31, 2023

Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts

$

$

$

1,187 
2,820 
(224)
3,783 
1,449 
(2,088)
3,144 

 
 
4.    Inventory

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

Inventory

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

825 
8,521 
11,675 
21,021 

$

$

810 
6,855 
5,518 
13,183 

Consignment inventory, included as a component of finished goods in the table above, was $4.0 million and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2023 and
2022, respectively.

5.    Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

Lab and clean room equipment
Furniture and office equipment
Leasehold improvements
Construction in progress
Asset retirement cost
Finance lease assets

Property and equipment, gross

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

13,954  $
1,989 
8,141 
1,791 
938 
189 
27,002 
(20,028)

6,974  $

16,422 
15,016 
9,190 
1,983 
983 
189 
43,783 
(35,927)
7,856 

Depreciation expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was recorded in certain captions of the consolidated statements of
operations for those periods in the amounts shown in the table below (in thousands):

Cost of sales
Selling, general, and administrative expense
Research and development expense

Total

$

$

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

1,569  $
795 
301 
2,665  $

1,816  $
1,243 
286 
3,345  $

1,787 
2,278 
298 
4,363 

 
 
 
 
6.     Leases

The Company has leases for corporate offices, manufacturing facilities, vehicles, and certain equipment. Such leases do not require any contingent rental
payments, impose any financial restrictions, or contain any residual value guarantees.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to the Company’s leases, including the financial statement caption in which the amounts are presented, is as
follows (amounts in thousands, except lease term and discount rate):

Assets

Right of use asset
Property and equipment, net

Total assets

Liabilities

Other current liabilities
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Weighted-average discount rate

Operating Leases
December 31,

Finance Leases
December 31,

2023

2022

2023

2022

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,132
—
2,132

1,495
893
2,388

2.0
8.3 %

$

$

$

$

3,400
—
3,400

1,391
2,381
3,772

2.8
8.3 %

— $
51
51

$

53
5
58

$

$

—
98
98

49
57
106

1.1
8.3 %

2.1
8.3 %

Information related to lease costs are as follows (amounts in thousands):

Operating lease cost

Amortization of finance lease ROU assets

Interest expense on finance lease liabilities

Maturities of lease liabilities are as follows (amounts in thousands):

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

1,532  $

1,620  $

47 

7 

47 

10 

1,327 

43 

13 

Year Ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: imputed interest

Lease liability

Asset Retirement Obligations

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

Total

$

$

1,623  $
506 
419 
35 
— 
— 
2,583 
(195)
2,388  $

55  $
5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
60 
(2)
58  $

1,678 
511 
419 
35 
— 
— 
2,643 
(197)
2,446 

Certain lease agreements require the Company to return designated areas of leased space to its original condition upon termination of the lease agreement,
for  which  the  Company  records  an  asset  retirement  obligation  and  a  corresponding  capital  asset  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the
obligation. In subsequent periods, the asset retirement obligation is accreted for the change in its present value and the capitalized asset is depreciated, both
over the term of the associated lease

agreement. Asset retirement obligations of $1.2 million are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets as of both December 31, 2023
and 2022.

7.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill

In  concert  with  the  disbanding  of  its  Regenerative  Medicine  business  unit,  management  concluded  that  the  Company  operated  as  a  single  operating
segment. This operating segment reflected its sole reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes.

For the annual impairment test performed on October 1, 2023, the Company performed a qualitative assessment to determine the existence of impairment.
The qualitative assessment concluded that it was more likely than not that goodwill was not impaired, and the Company did not proceed to the quantitative
assessment. There was no impairment of goodwill in 2022 or 2021.

The following table indicates the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

Balance as of January 1, 2022
Activity

Balance as of December 31, 2022
Activity

Balance as of December 31, 2023

Goodwill

19,441 
— 
19,441 

— 
19,441 

$

$

$

Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets, net, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

Gross Carrying
Amount

December 31, 2023
Accumulated
amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

Gross Carrying
Amount

December 31, 2022
Accumulated
amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

Amortized intangible assets
Patents and know-how
Licenses

Total amortized intangible assets

Unamortized intangible assets
Tradenames and trademarks
Patents in process

Total intangible assets

$

$

$

$

10,039  $
1,000 
11,039  $

(7,818) $
(54)
(7,872) $

2,221  $
946 
3,167  $

9,923  $
1,000 
10,923  $

(7,106) $

(4)
(7,110) $

1,008 
1,082 
13,129 

$

$

1,008  $
1,082 
5,257  $

1,008 
1,031 
12,962 

$

$

2,817 
996 
3,813 

1,008 
1,031 
5,852 

Amortization expense and impairment expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, is summarized in the table below (amounts in
thousands):

Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of intangible assets

$

762  $
— 

701  $
— 

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

820
53

Impairment of intangible assets in 2021 related to supplier relationship assets that were determined to be unrecoverable due to attrition.

There was no impairment of intangible assets in 2023 or 2022.

Expected future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2023, is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

Total amortization expense

8.    Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

External commissions

Accrued GPO Fees

Estimated returns

Legal costs

Accrued rebates

Accrued travel

Other

Total

9.    Long Term Debt

Hayfin Loan Agreement

Estimated
Amortization
Expense

764 
369 
214 
214 
211 
1,395 
3,167 

$

$

December 31,

2023

2022

4,136  $

1,338 

1,096 

834 

745 

433 

779 
9,361  $

2,941 

638 

659 

4,447 

707 

566 

976 
10,934 

$

$

In  June  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Hayfin  Loan  Agreement,  under  which  Hayfin  provided  the  Company  with  a  senior  secured  term  loan  of
$50 million (the “Hayfin Term Loan”). The Hayfin Term Loan was to mature on June 30, 2025 (the “Hayfin Maturity Date”). Interest on the Hayfin Term
Loan was based on SOFR, plus a fallback provision of 0.15%, subject to the Floor, plus the Margin. As of December 31, 2023, the Hayfin Term Loan
carried an interest rate of 12.3%.

As  noted  below  in  Note  19.  Subsequent Events,  in  January  2024,  the  Company  repaid  in  full  the  Hayfin  Term  Loan  and  terminated  the  Hayfin  Loan
Agreement as part of the Debt Refinancing Transactions.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with all applicable financial covenants under the Hayfin Loan Agreement.

Annually,  the  Company  was  required  to  prepay  the  outstanding  loans  based  on  a  percentage  of  Excess  Cash  Flow  (as  defined  in  the  Hayfin  Loan
Agreement), if such were generated. Had the Company not executed the Debt Refinancing Transactions (as defined in Note 19), the Company would have
been required to prepay a portion of the outstanding principal pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow provision under the Hayfin Loan Agreement for the year
ended  December  31,  2023.  The  Company  refinanced  this  short-term  obligation  prior  to  issuance  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements.  The
$1.0  million  of  principal  repayments  for  the  year  ending  December  31,  2024  reflects  the  scheduled  principal  payments  pursuant  to  the  Citizens  Credit
Agreement  (as  defined  in  Note  19)  during  that  period,  therefore  representing  the  current  obligation  that  was  not  refinanced  on  a  long-term  basis.  This
amount is classified in other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Hayfin Loan Agreement also specified that a prepayment of the loan, voluntary or mandatory, would subject the Company to a prepayment premium
after July 2, 2023, but on or before July 2, 2024, of 1% of the principal balance repaid.

 
 
Deferred  financing  costs  and  original  issue  discount  allocated  to  the  Hayfin  Term  Loan  were  amortized  using  the  effective  interest  method  through  the
Hayfin Maturity Date. The amortization of such amounts is presented as part of interest expense, net on the consolidated statement of operations for the
years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

The balances of the Hayfin Term Loan as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

December 31, 2023

Other current liabilities

Long term debt, net

December 31, 2022
Long term debt, net

Outstanding principal
Deferred financing costs
Original issue discount

Net principal

$

$

1,000  $
— 
— 
1,000  $

49,000  $
(781)
(120)
48,099  $

50,000 
(1,219)
(187)
48,594 

Interest expense related to the Hayfin Term Loan, included in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations, was as follows (amounts in
thousands):

Stated interest
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Accretion of original issue discount

Interest expense

$

$

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

6,078  $
438 
67 
6,583  $

4,559  $
405 
62 
5,026  $

4,182 
372 
58 
4,612 

Scheduled principal payments on the Hayfin Term Loan as of December 31, 2023 were as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

Outstanding principal

$

$

Principal

1,000 
49,000 
— 
— 
— 
— 
50,000 

As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of the Hayfin Term Loan was $46.7 million. This valuation was calculated based on a series of Level 2 and Level
3 inputs, including a discount rate based on the credit risk spread of debt instruments of similar risk character in reference to U.S. Treasury instruments
with similar maturities, with an incremental risk premium for risk factors specific to the Company. The remaining cash flows associated with the Hayfin
Term Loan were discounted to December 31, 2023 using this discount rate to derive the fair value.

10.    Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Common Share

Net loss per common share is calculated using two methods: basic and diluted.

Basic Net Loss Per Common Share

The following table provides a reconciliation of net loss to net loss available to common shareholders and calculation of basic net loss per common share
for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 (amounts in thousands, except share and per-share amounts):

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile to net loss available to common stockholders:

Accumulated dividend on previously converted Series B Preferred Stock
Preferred share repurchase in excess of book value
Accretion of increasing-rate dividend feature

Total adjustments
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders from continuing operations
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic net income (loss) per common share:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Basic net income (loss) per common share

Diluted Net Loss Per Common Share

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

$

$

$

67,439  $
(9,211)
58,228 

6,753 
4,890 
— 
11,643 
55,796  $

(19,953) $
(10,244)
(30,197)

6,580 
— 
— 
6,580 
(26,533) $

116,495,810 

112,909,266 

0.48  $
(0.08)
0.40  $

(0.24) $
(0.09)
(0.33) $

(12,301)
2,016 
(10,285)

5,210 
— 
926 
6,136 
(18,437)
110,353,406 

(0.17)
0.02 
(0.15)

The following table sets forth the computation of diluted net loss per common share (in thousands, except share and per-share amounts):

 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders from continuing operations
Adjustments:

Dividends on previously converted Series B Preferred Stock
Preferred share repurchase in excess of book value
Less: antidilutive adjustments

Total adjustments
Numerator

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Adjustments:

Potential common shares (a)

Previously converted Series B Preferred Stock
Restricted stock unit awards
Outstanding stock options
Performance stock unit awards
Restricted stock awards
Employee stock purchase plan

Total adjustments
Weighted average common shares outstanding adjusted for potential common shares
Diluted net income (loss) per common share:

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

55,796  $

(26,533) $

(18,437)

6,466 
5,177 
(5,177)
6,466 

6,580 
— 
(6,580)
— 

6,136 
— 
(6,136)
— 

62,262 
(9,211)
116,495,810 

(26,533)
(10,244)
112,909,266 

(18,437)
2,016 
110,353,406 

27,457,905 
1,452,153 
396,779 
137,425 
22,136 
254 
29,466,652 
145,962,462 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
112,909,266 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
110,353,406 

(0.17)
0.02 
(0.15)

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

$
$
$

0.43  $
(0.06) $
0.37  $

(0.24) $
(0.09) $
(0.33) $

(a) Weighted average common shares outstanding for the calculation of diluted net loss per common share does not include the following adjustments

for potential common shares below because their effects were determined to be anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

Series B Preferred Stock
Restricted stock unit awards
Restricted stock awards
Outstanding stock options
Performance stock unit awards
Employee stock purchase plan

Potential common shares

11.    Equity

Series B Preferred Stock

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

1,219,348 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,219,348 

27,850,916 
546,883 
217,971 
65,720 
5,251 
18,852 
28,705,593 

26,497,570 
1,393,910 
1,121,019 
771,409 
17,928 
— 
29,801,836 

In December 2023, all 95,000 outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, together with accrued dividends, were mandatorily converted
into shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with the Series B Preferred Stock terms set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation.
As  a  result  of  this  conversion,  the  Company  issued  29,761,650  shares  of  Common  Stock.  The  conversion  of  the  shares  ended  the  dividend  accrual
associated with the Series B Preferred Stock

 
 
Prior to the mandatory conversion, in October 2023, the Company repurchased 5,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock for $9.5 million
(the “Repurchase”) pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain entities managed by or affiliated with Hayfin Capital Management LLP (the
“Hayfin Shareholders”). In connection with the Repurchase, the Hayfin Shareholders entered into customary lock-up provisions requiring them to retain
the balance of their equity positions for a period of at least one year. Management assessed whether the consideration paid could have reflected a non pro-
rata distribution and reached the conclusion that it was not.

The below table illustrates changes in the Company’s balance of the Series B Preferred Stock for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 (in
thousands, except per share amounts):

Balance at December 31, 2020
Deemed dividends

Balance at December 31, 2021
Activity

Balance at December 31, 2022
Repurchase of Series B Preferred Stock
Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock

Balance at December 31, 2023

Series B Preferred Stock

Shares

Amount

100,000  $
— 
100,000  $

— 
100,000  $

(5,000)
(95,000)

—  $

91,568 
926 
92,494 

— 
92,494 

(4,625)
(87,869)
— 

Stock-Based Compensation Awards

The Company has two share-based compensation plans which provide for the granting of equity awards, including qualified incentive and non-qualified
stock options and restricted stock awards: the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan Amended and Restated through March 2, 2023
(the “2016 Plan”), which was approved by shareholders on May 18, 2016, and the MiMedx Group, Inc. Assumed 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Prior
Incentive Plan”). During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 the Company used only the 2016 Plan to make grants.

The  2016  Plan  permits  the  grant  of  equity  awards  to  the  Company’s  employees,  directors,  consultants  and  advisors  for  up  to  13,400,000  shares of  the
Company’s common stock plus (i) the number of shares of the Company’s common stock that remain available for issuance under the Prior Incentive Plan,
and (ii) the number of shares that are represented by outstanding awards that later become available because of the expiration or forfeiture of the award
without  the  issuance  of  the  underlying  shares.  Awards  granted  under  the  2016  Plan  are  subject  to  a  vesting  schedule  as  set  forth  in  each  individual
agreement.

Stock Options

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 is presented below:

Outstanding at January 1, 2023
Granted
Exercised
Unvested options forfeited
Vested options expired

Outstanding at December 31, 2023

Exercisable at December 31, 2023

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

6.46 
3.77 
6.78 
— 
5.85 
4.06 

7.09 

5.61

0.44 $

19,086 

615 

Number of
Shares

933,894  $

3,694,000 
(147,161)
— 
(438,213)
4,042,520 

348,520  $

The intrinsic values of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were $0.2 million, $0.6 million, and $3.3 million,
respectively. Cash received from option exercise under all share-based payment arrangements for the

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $1.0 million, $0.7 million, and $1.4 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit for the tax deductions
from  option  exercise  of  the  share-based  payment  arrangements  totaled  $0.2  million,  $0.2  million,  and  $2.0  million,  respectively,  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. The Company has a policy of using its available repurchased treasury stock to satisfy option exercises prior to the
issuance of new shares of common stock.

No options vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. There was no unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2023.

Equity Incentive Awards

The  Company  has  issued  several  classes  of  stock  awards  to  employees:  restricted  share  awards  (“RSAs”),  restricted  stock  unit  awards  (“RSUs”),  and
performance stock unit awards (“PSUs”, collectively the “Equity Incentive Awards”). The following is summary information for such awards for the year
ended December 31, 2023.

Restricted  stock  and  RSUs  generally  vest  over  a  one-  to  three-year  period  in  equal  annual  increments  and  require  the  recipient  to  provide  continuous
service  through  each  vesting  date.  PSUs  vest  based  on  the  achievement  of  specific  performance  targets  subject  to  agreements  with  employees  and  also
require the recipient to provide continuous service through a specified date or event.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  there  was  $21.4  million  of  total  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  related  to  unvested  Equity  Incentive  Awards. That
expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.26 years, which approximates the remaining vesting period of these grants. RSAs
are considered common shares issued and outstanding upon grant, while shares underlying the RSUs and PSUs are considered issued and outstanding only
upon  vesting.  Therefore,  all  RSAs  noted  below  as  unvested  are  considered  issued  and  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2023,  while  shares  underlying
unvested  RSUs  and  PSUs  are  not  considered  issued  and  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2023.  RSAs,  RSUs,  and  PSUs  are  not  reflected  in  weighted
average common shares outstanding for purposes of calculating basic net loss per common share.

A summary of Equity Incentive Award activity, by class of award, for the year ended December 31, 2023 is presented below:

RSA

RSU

PSU

Unvested at January 1, 2023
Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Unvested at December 31, 2023

Number of
Shares

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date
 Fair Value

122,755  $

— 
(32,388)
(90,367)

—  $

6.13 
— 
6.98 
5.83 

— 

Number of
Shares
4,774,971  $
3,278,244 
(2,258,939)
(1,885,537)
3,908,739  $

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date
 Fair Value

Number of
Shares

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date
 Fair Value

6.28 
4.66 
6.18 
5.46 

5.38 

241,072  $

3,851,427 
— 
(365,227)
3,727,272  $

4.62 
3.83 
— 
4.24 

3.84 

The total fair value of equity incentive awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, was $10.3 million, $10.9 million, and
$20.1 million, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 the Company recognized share-based compensation as follows (in thousands):

Cost of sales
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development expense
Total share-based compensation
Income tax benefit, before consideration of valuation allowance

Total share-based compensation, net of tax benefit

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$

$

1,533  $

14,776 
650 
16,959 
(4,240)
12,719  $

1,213  $
9,578 
537 
11,328 
(2,832)
8,496  $

813 
13,108 
235 
14,156 
(3,539)
10,617 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Stock Units

The Company granted PSUs to certain executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. These PSUs vest based on and to the extent
that stipulated cumulative net sales targets are achieved. Achievement of the performance targets allow for vesting of 50% to 150% of the PSUs granted. If
performance is below 50%, the PSUs do not vest. To the extent that the vesting percentage in a subsequent period exceeds the vesting percentage achieved
in  a  previous  period,  a  recipient  is  eligible  to  receive  the  amount  of  shares  from  the  previous  period  based  on  the  vesting  percentage  in  the  subsequent
period. If total shareholder return (“TSR”) is negative, vesting is limited to 100% of the award for all periods, regardless of actual achievement against the
stipulated net sales targets.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On June 7, 2022, the Company adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of MiMedx Group, Inc. (the “ESPP”). The ESPP qualifies as an “employee
stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. All regular full-time employees of the Company (including officers) and all other
employees who meet the eligibility requirements of the plan may participate in the ESPP. The ESPP provides eligible employees an opportunity to acquire
the Company’s common stock on a semi-annual basis at a purchase price of 85% of the lower of the closing price per share of the Company’s common
stock on the first day and the last day of each six-month purchase period (the “Purchase Period”). The aggregate number of shares which may be issued
and sold under the ESPP is 3 million shares of common stock.

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in stock-based compensation related
to the ESPP. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had cumulative payroll deferrals under the ESPP for future share purchases of $0.7 million
and $0.6 million, respectively. This amount is included in accrued compensation in the consolidated balance sheet.

Unrecognized stock compensation for the period is less than $0.1 million to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.08 years.

CEO Performance Grant

On  January  27,  2023,  the  Board  of  Directors  appointed  Joseph  H.  Capper  to  serve  as  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  Company  entered  into  a  Letter
Agreement  with  Mr.  Capper  that  included,  among  other  things,  a  grant  of  3,300,000  PSUs  (the  “CEO  Performance  PSUs”)  and  a  non-qualified  stock
option  (the  “CEO  Performance  Option”,  collectively  with  the  CEO  Performance  PSUs,  the  “CEO  Performance  Grant”)  for  3,600,000  shares  of  the
Company’s common stock. In addition to continued employment with the Company, the occurrence and extent of vesting of each component of the CEO
Performance Grant is dependent upon the Company’s operating and share price performance: the CEO Performance PSUs vest on the basis of achieved
revenue growth, while the CEO Performance Option vests on the basis of share price appreciation.

CEO Performance PSUs

The CEO Performance PSUs vest in a single tranche on the earlier of the filing date of the Company’s 2026 Annual Report on Form 10-K and March 15,
2027.  The  occurrence  and  extent  of  vesting  depends  on  the  Company’s  compound  annual  growth  rate  (“CAGR”)  achieved  with  respect  to  its  revenue
growth  between  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  and  the  year  ending  December  31,  2026.  The  PSUs  may  vest  with  respect  to  50%  to  200%  of  the
granted number of PSUs, depending on the extent of CAGR achievement. Failure to achieve the CAGR associated with 50% of achievement would result
in no vesting.

Management determined the probable level of vesting using internally-developed forecasts for the relevant period representing the Company’s best estimate
for  revenue,  with  a  factor  applied  to  calculate  the  highest  level  of  CAGR  evaluated  to  be  probable  of  occurring  based  on  that  estimate.  The  Company
recognized $1.7 million of expense related to the CEO Performance PSUs during year ended December 31, 2023.

CEO Performance Option

The CEO Performance Option grants Mr. Capper the right to purchase up to 3,600,000 shares of common stock for $3.70 per share. The CEO Performance
Option vests based on the satisfaction of service and market conditions. Mr. Capper may vest in 25% of the CEO Performance Option on each of the first
four anniversary dates of the date of grant provided that he remains employed by the Company and provided that specified share price goals are achieved at
any  point  between  the  date  of  grant  and  January  31,  2027.  There  are  three  separate  share  price  goals  associated  with  the  CEO  Performance  Option.  If
specified share price goals are met at one level, one-third of the option may vest, at a second level, a further one-third may vest, and at a third level, the full
amount of the option may vest. Satisfaction of the share price goals is based on the average of the closing price of

the  Company’s  common  stock  during  any  20  consecutive  trading  days  through  January  31,  2027  exceeding  the  stipulated  share  price  goal.  The  CEO
Performance Option expires on February 1, 2030.

Treasury Stock

Repurchases of shares of Common Stock in connection with the satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations upon vesting of restricted stock and
exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 were 0, 249,442, and 469,239, respectively, for an aggregate purchase
price of $0, $1.2 million, and $4.8 million, respectively.

The Company estimated the fair value of the awards using a Monte Carlo simulation using the following assumptions:

Stock price on grant date
Exercise price
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility (annualized)
Dividend yield
Weighted average grant date fair value

$
$

$

Assumption

3.70 
3.70 
3.58 %
75.00 %
— %

1.93 

The  risk-free  interest  rate  was  derived  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  Yield  curve  in  effect  at  the  date  of  grant  for  maturities  of  similar  periods  to  the
contractual term. The expected volatility was estimated principally based on the Company’s historical daily stock price movements for a term similar in
length to the contractual term. The dividend yield was based on the Company’s history of dividends on its common stock. The fair value was determined
using an expected term which reflects the anticipated holding and post-vesting behavior pattern, calculated for each individual simulation.

The  total  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  CEO  Performance  Option  was  $7.0  million.  The  fair  value  associated  with  each  tranche  of  the  award  will  be
recognized, straight-line, over the associated requisite service period for that tranche, subject to acceleration if the market condition is met prior to the end
of the derived service period. Failure to meet the market condition for an award does not result in reversal of previously-recognized expense, so long as the
service  is  provided  for  the  duration  of  the  required  service  period.  The  Company  recognized  $2.6  million  of  expense  related  to  the  CEO  Performance
Option during year ended December 31, 2023.

12.     Revenue

Net Sales By Care Setting

MIMEDX has three sites of service for its products (1) Hospital settings and wound care clinics, which are stable reimbursement settings in which products
are used for both wound and surgical applications, (2) Private offices, which generally represents doctors and practitioners with independent operations,
and (3) Other, which includes federal facilities, international sales, and other sites of service.

Below is a summary of net sales by site of service (in thousands):

Hospital
Private Office
Other
Total

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$

$

187,000  $
95,789 
38,688 

163,206  $
77,158 
27,477 

321,477  $

267,841  $

142,140 
74,522 
25,357 

242,019 

The Company did not have significant foreign operations or a single external customer from which 10% or more of revenues were derived during the years
ended December 31, 2023, 2022, or 2021.

Sales Returns Allowance

Activity related to the Company’s sales returns allowance during the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2021
Additions charged to expense or revenue
Deductions and write-offs
Balance at December 31, 2022
Additions charged to expense or revenue
Deductions and write-offs

Balance at December 31, 2023

AXIOFILL

Sales Returns Allowance
788 
$
2,034 
(2,163)
659 
3,899 
(3,462)
1,096 

$

The Company received a Warning Letter on December 21, 2023, relating to the inspections and classification of AXIOFILL. The Company continues to
engage with the FDA on this matter, working through the process outlined by the FDA to obtain a formal determination of AXIOFILL’s classification.

13. Discontinued Operations

Disbanding of Regenerative Medicine Business Unit

On June 20, 2023, the Company announced the disbanding of its Regenerative Medicine business unit and the suspension of its Knee Osteoarthritis clinical
trial program. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company completed the regulatory obligations associated with the clinical trial.

Financial Statement Impact of Discontinued Operations

The income and expenses of the discontinued operation have been classified as loss (income) from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements
of operations as of December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 as follows (in thousands):

Net sales
Cost of sales
Selling, general and administrative expense
Research and development expense
Restructuring expense
Income tax provision benefit

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

—  $
— 
— 
8,017 
4,168 
2,974 
(9,211) $

—  $
— 
116 
10,128 
— 
— 
(10,244) $

16,596 
3,655 
3,513 
7,412 
— 
— 
2,016 

$

$

The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet as of December
31, 2023 and 2022 as follows (in thousands):

Current assets:

Prepaid Expenses

Current assets of discontinued operations
Goodwill
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

Total assets of discontinued operations

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued expenses

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
311 
1,041 
1,352  $

1,331 
1,331 
535 
535 
1,866 

393 
996 
90 
1,479 

$

$

$

$

Goodwill

As  a  result  of  the  announcement  of  the  disbanding  of  Regenerative  Medicine  business  unit,  the  Company  evaluated  goodwill  associated  with  the
Regenerative  Medicine  reporting  unit  for  potential  impairment.  The  Company  estimated  fair  value  for  the  reporting  unit  using  the  income  approach;
specifically, a discounted cash flow method. As a result of this assessment, management concluded that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its
fair value by an amount that exceeded its goodwill balance. Accordingly, the Company recognized an impairment loss for the full amount of the goodwill
ascribed to the Regenerative Medicine reporting unit. The goodwill impairment loss is included as a component of discontinued operations in the audited
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023. Goodwill related to the Regenerative Medicine business unit of $0.5 million is
included as a component of assets of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2022. Impairment expense
of $0.5 million was recorded as part of loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2023.

14.    Income Taxes

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss

Capitalized research and development expenditures

Research and development and other tax credits

Accrued expenses

Share-based compensation

Interest limitation carry forward
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Lease liabilities
Sales return and allowances
Property and equipment

Other

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Prepaid expenses
Right of use asset

Intangible assets

Property and equipment

Net Deferred Tax Assets

Less: Valuation allowance

December 31,

2023

2022

$

13,712  $

10,843 

8,117 

3,660 

3,266 

1,873 
778 
600 
270 
84 

437 

(1,045)
(571)

(337)

— 

41,687 
(910)

23,719 

3,586 

8,384 

3,551 

3,145 

4,898 
1,033 
962 
163 

— 
885 

(1,400)
(867)

(351)

(77)

47,631 
(47,631)

Net Deferred Tax Assets after Valuation Allowance

$

40,777  $

— 

The reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate of 21% to the effective rate is as follows:

Federal statutory rate
Share-based compensation
Nondeductible compensation

Meals and entertainment

Deferred tax adjustments
Uncertain tax positions
Employee retention credit
Tax credits
State taxes, net of federal benefit

Valuation allowance

Other

Effective tax rate

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

21.00 %
2.81 %

1.78 %

1.21 %

1.31 %
0.36 %
— %
(3.17)%

(21.77)%

(123.50)%

(0.18)%
(120.15)%

21.00 %
(6.06)%

(3.19)%

(0.15)%

(4.35)%
(0.49)%
— %
4.90 %

(0.83)%

(12.50)%

0.63 %
(1.04)%

21.00 %
19.49 %

(11.51)%

(0.94)%

12.23 %
0.01 %
2.82 %
0.93 %

3.79 %

(46.75)%

(3.12)%
(2.05)%

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 was significantly influenced by the reversal of a valuation allowance, reflecting a change in
the determination of the likelihood of the realizability of certain of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of that date. This re-evaluation was the result of
the  conclusion  of  that  the  Company’s  disbanded  Regenerative  Medicine  segment  qualified  as  a  discontinued  operation,  in  concert  with  the  Company’s
operating results.

Current and deferred income tax (benefit) expense is as follows (in thousands):

Current:

Federal
State
Total current

Deferred:
Federal
State

Total deferred

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

576  $
422 
998 

(31,633)
(9,144)
(40,777)

—  $
206 
206 

— 
— 
— 

Income tax provision (benefit) expense

$

(39,779) $

206  $

91 
156 
247 

— 
— 
— 

247 

Certain items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effects of such temporary differences
are reported as deferred income tax assets and liabilities. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefit
that,  based  on  available  evidence,  is  not  expected  to  be  realized.  The  Company  establishes  a  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  for  which
realization is not more likely than not. As of each reporting date, management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could affect its view
of the future realization of deferred tax assets.

A  valuation  allowance  of  $0.9  million  and  $47.6  million  was  recorded  against  the  deferred  tax  asset  balance  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,
respectively. Valuation allowances are reflected against the Company’s deferred tax assets to reflect the extent to which the realization of those assets are
not more likely than not to be realized based on all available positive and negative evidence. In the event that the weight of the evidence changes in the
future, any reduction in the valuation allowance would result in an income tax benefit.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had income tax net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state purposes of $43.5 million
and  $85.7  million  and  $84.9  million  and  $109.8  million,  respectively.  A  portion  of  the  Company’s  tax  credits  are  subject  to  annual  limitations  due  to
ownership change limitations provided by Internal Revenue Code Section 382. All of the Company’s federal NOL carryforwards have been generated since
2018 and will carry forward indefinitely. The majority of the Company’s state NOL carryforwards will expire between 2027 and 2042; the remainder of the
Company’s state NOLs will carryforward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has recorded $9.1 million and $4.6 million deferred tax
asset for federal and state NOL carryforwards, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset for federal and state
NOL carryforwards of $17.8 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands) included in the consolidated balance sheets:

Unrecognized tax benefits - January 1
Increases - tax positions in current period
Increases - tax positions in prior period
Decreases in prior year positions

Unrecognized tax benefits - December 31

2023

2022

2021

$

$

645  $
124 
38 
— 
807  $

469  $
98 
78 
— 
645  $

477 
20 
— 
(28)
469 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits are tax benefits of $0.8 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, that,
if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. Of these amounts, $0.1 million and $0, respectively, are recorded as other liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheets as of those dates. The remaining balance is reflected as a reduction to the related deferred tax asset.

The  Company  recognizes  accrued  interest  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  penalties  as  income  tax  expense.  Related  to  the  unrecognized  tax
benefits noted above, the Company accrued $0.0 million of interest during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s tax returns for 2020 through 2023
generally remain open for exam by taxing jurisdictions. Additional prior years may be open to the extent attributes are being carried forward to an open tax
year.

15.    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow and Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities

Selected cash payments, receipts, and non-cash activities are as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid for interest
Income taxes (refunded) paid
Cash paid for operating leases
Non-cash activities:

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock
Issuance of shares pursuant to employee stock purchase plan
Purchases of equipment included in accounts payable
Financing costs incurred but not paid for Citizens Financing Transaction
Legal fees associated with the Repurchase of Series B Preferred Stock
Lease right of use asset and liability
Deemed dividends of Series B Preferred Stock
Fair value of non-cash consideration received for option exercise
Note receivable for sale of property and equipment

16.    Commitments and Contingencies

Contractual Commitments

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2023

2021

$

6,034  $
(548)
1,635 

4,569  $
181 
1,567 

87,870 
1,367 
228 
138 
45 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
417 
— 
— 
(37)
— 
— 
— 

4,327 
169 
1,522 

— 
— 
8 
— 
— 
2,251 
926 
380 
75 

The  Company  has  commitments  for  meeting  spaces,  generally  for  hotel  and  conference  spaces  for  company  functions.  These  commitments  generally
contain renewal options.

The estimated meeting space commitments are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,
2024
2025

Total

Separation Agreement with Timothy R. Wright

Meeting Space
Commitments

$

$

654 
237 
891 

In  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Separation  Agreement  and  General  Release  with  Timothy  R.  Wright,  the  former  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the
Company (the “Separation Agreement”).  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Separation  Agreement  and  Mr.  Wright’s  general  release  of  all  claims  against  the
Company, the Company will pay Mr. Wright a total of $3.1 million in cash in a series of installments through September 2024. The terms of the severance
benefits provided in the Separation Agreement were the same as those provided for in the original employment Letter Agreement between Mr. Wright and
the Company dated

 
April 8, 2019. The $3.1 million was recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statement of operations for the year
ended December 31, 2022.

Payments made to Mr. Wright under the terms of the Separation Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $1.9 million. A total of $1.2
million is reflected in accrued compensation in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries may be a party to pending and threatened legal, regulatory, and governmental actions
and  proceedings  (including  those  described  below).  In  view  of  the  inherent  difficulty  of  predicting  the  outcome  of  such  matters,  particularly  where  the
plaintiffs or claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the
Company generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters
will be, or what the eventual recovery, loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company accrues a liability when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable
and estimable. The Company's financial statements at December 31, 2023 reflect the Company's current best estimate of probable losses associated with
these  matters,  including  costs  to  comply  with  various  settlement  agreements,  where  applicable.  The  Company  had  zero  and  $0.2  million  accrued  as  of
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, related to expected settlement costs related to legal matters. The actual costs of resolving these
matters may be in excess of the amounts accrued.

The  Company  paid  $0.2  million,  $0.7  million,  and  $6.7  million  toward  the  resolution  of  legal  matters  involving  the  Company  during  the  years  ended
December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. In addition, insurance providers paid $0.6 million and $1.1 million on the Company’s behalf to settle
legal matters for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In addition, during 2021, the Company received funds from
certain director and officer insurance policies for previously-incurred legal expenses under the Company’s indemnification agreements. These funds were
recognized as a reduction to investigation, restatement and related expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

Welker v. MiMedx, et. al.

On November 4, 2022, Troy Welker and Min Turner, former option holders of the Company, brought a lawsuit in Fulton County State Court against the
Company, former directors Terry Dewberry and Charles Evans, and former officers Parker H. “Pete” Petit, William C. Taylor, and Michael Senken alleging
violations  of  the  Georgia  Racketeer  Influenced  and  Corrupt  Organizations  (“RICO”)  Act  against  all  defendants,  and  conspiracy  to  violate  the  Georgia
RICO  Act  and  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  against  the  individual  defendants.  On  motion  by  the  Company,  the  case  has  been  moved  to  the  Fulton  County
Business Court. The Company and the individual defendants filed answers and motions to dismiss, which were denied on the RICO claims, but granted
with respect to the breach of fiduciary duty claims against the individual defendants. The Company is defending against the allegations and is obligated to
indemnify certain of its current and former officers and directors who are party to this proceeding.

Former Employee Litigation and Related Matters

On January 12, 2021, the Company filed suit in the Circuit Court of the Eleventh Judicial District in and for Miami-Dade County, Florida (MiMedx Group,
Inc.  v.  Petit,  et.  al.)  against  its  former  CEO,  Parker  H.  “Pete”  Petit,  and  its  former  COO,  William  C.  Taylor,  seeking  a  determination  of  its  rights  and
obligations under indemnification agreements with Petit and Taylor and seeking reimbursement of amounts previously advanced under the indemnification
agreements following a federal jury’s guilty verdict against Petit for securities fraud and Taylor for conspiracy to commit securities fraud. On April 22,
2021, Petit and Taylor filed an answer and asserted counterclaims against the Company alleging breach of their indemnification agreements, breach of the
covenant of good faith and fair dealing with respect to their indemnification agreements, and seeking a declaration that the Company remains obligated to
indemnify  and  advance  fees  in  connection  with  certain  cases.  Petit  and  Taylor  simultaneously  also  filed  a  motion  seeking  to  compel  the  Company  to
advance and reinstate its payments of Petit and Taylor’s legal expenses. The Company opposed Petit and Taylor’s motion and a hearing was set for June 23,
2021. At the joint request of the parties, the hearing was cancelled to allow the parties to attend a mediation to attempt a resolution of this matter; such
mediation was held on August 11, 2021.

Following the mediation, the Company and Mr. Taylor reached an agreement to settle the matter between them. Negotiations with Mr. Petit are ongoing.

Other Matters

In addition to the matters described above, the Company is a party to a variety of other legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s
business, none of which are deemed to be individually material at this time. Due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation, there can be no assurance that the
resolution  of  any  particular  claim  or  proceeding  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations,  financial
position or liquidity.

17.    401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all employees who have completed one month of service. Under the 401(k) Plan, participants
could defer up to 90% of their eligible wages to a maximum of $22,500 per year (annual limit for 2023). Employees age 50 or over in 2022 could make
additional  pre-tax  contributions  of  up  to  $7,500.  In  2023,  2022  and  2021,  the  Company  matched  50%  of  employee  contributions  up  to  8%  of  the
employee’s eligible compensation. The matching contribution for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $2.7 million, $3.3 million, and
$2.7 million, respectively.

18.    Government Assistance

Employee Retention Credit

The  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  Act  (“CARES Act”) provided an employee retention credit (“ERC”),  which  was  a  refundable  tax
credit against certain payroll taxes. Upon determination that the Company overcame the barriers required to receive the credit, the Company qualified and
filed to claim the ERC. The Company reflected the ERC as a reduction to the respective captions on the consolidated statements of operations associated
with the employees to which the payroll tax benefit related. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded $1.6 million as a reduction to
selling, general and administrative expense. Of this amount, $1.0 million and $1.4 million were reflected as part of other current assets in the consolidated
balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. During year ended December 31, 2023, the Company received $0.4 million relating to the
ERC.

19.     Subsequent Events

$95 Million Credit Agreement with Citizens and Bank of America

On January 19, 2024, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Citizens Credit Agreement”)  with  certain  lenders  party  thereto,  and  Citizens
Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Agent”). The Citizens Credit Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal
amount  of  up  to  $95.0  million  consisting  of:  (i)  a  $75.0  million  senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Revolving  Credit  Facility”)  with  a
$10.0 million letter of credit sublimit and a $10.0 million swingline loan sublimit, and (ii) a $20.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan
Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). All obligations are required to be paid in full on January 19, 2029 (the
“Maturity  Date”).  The  Company  has  the  option  to  obtain  one  or  more  incremental  term  loan  facilities  and/or  increase  the  commitments  under  the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to  the  greater  of  (i)  $50.0  million  and  (ii)  1.00  times  the  Company’s  Consolidated
EBITDA as defined therein, each subject to the existing or any new lenders’ election to extend additional term loans or revolving commitments.

At the Company’s option, borrowings under the Citizens Credit Agreement (other than any swingline loan) will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i)
the Alternate Base Rate, as defined therein, or (ii) a Term SOFR as defined therein, in each case plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.25% and 2.50%
with respect to Alternate Base Rate borrowings and 2.25% and 3.50% for Term SOFR borrowings. Swingline loans will bear interest at a rate per annum
equal  to  one-month  Term  SOFR  plus  the  applicable  margin.  The  applicable  margin  will  be  determined  based  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  total  net
leverage ratio.

The  Company  is  required  to  pay  a  quarterly  commitment  fee  on  any  unused  portion  of  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  letter  of  credit  fees,  and  other
customary fees to the Agent and the Lenders. The Term Loan Facility will amortize on a quarterly basis at 1.25% (for year one and two), 1.875% (for year
three and four), and 2.5% (for year five) based on the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, with the remainder due on the
Maturity Date. The Company must make mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset dispositions and casualty events, subject in each case to
customary reinvestment rights. The Company may prepay borrowings under the Credit Facilities at any time, without premium or penalty, and may, at its
option, reduce the aggregate unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility in whole or in part, in each case subject to the terms of the Credit
Agreement. The Company must also comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum total net leverage ratio and a minimum consolidated
fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as other customary restrictive covenants.

In  addition,  on  January  19,  2024,  the  Company  borrowed  $30.0  million  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  $20.0  million  under  the  Term  Loan
Facility. Proceeds from the initial drawings under the Credit Facilities together with cash on hand were

used  to  repay  in  full  the  $50.0  million  principal  amount  and  other  outstanding  obligations  under  the  Hayfin  Loan  Agreement  and  to  pay  related  fees,
premiums, costs and expenses (collectively with the entry into the Citizens Credit Agreement and the initial borrowings thereunder, the “Debt Refinancing
Transactions”).

On February 27, 2024, the Company repaid the initial $30.0 million drawing under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MiMedx Group, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of MiMedx Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, based on
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway
Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December
31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated
financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified
opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
February 28, 2024

79

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management  maintains  a  set  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures was performed under the supervision and with the
participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO. As a result of this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2023.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management, including our CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act and based upon the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by
the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (the  "COSO  framework").  The  Company's  internal  control  over  financial
reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  our  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  our  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).

An  effective  internal  control  system,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  has  inherent  limitations,  including  the  possibility  of  human  error  or  overriding  of
controls,  and  therefore  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  reliable  financial  reporting.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal
control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures
may demonstrate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting based on the COSO framework. Based on evaluation under these criteria, management determined that we did
maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2023, as stated in their report which appears on page 79 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There  were  no  changes  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2023  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the
Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

During the three months ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or
“non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  contained  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  our  2024  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the
captions “Executive Officers,” “Election of Directors” and similar captions which are incorporated herein by reference.

80

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  contained  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  our  2024  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the
caption “Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table (2023, 2022 and 2021,” “Grants of Plan Based Awards for
2023,”  “Outstanding  Equity  Awards  on  December  31,  2023,”  “2023  Options  Exercised  and  Stock  Vested  Table,”  “2023  Potential  Payments  Upon
Termination  or  Change  in  Control,”  “2023  Director  Compensation,”  “Compensation  Committee  Report”  and  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and
Insider Participation” or similar captions which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  contained  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  our  2024  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the
captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” or similar captions which
are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  contained  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  our  2024  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the
captions  “Policies  and  Procedures  for  Approval  of  Related  Party  Transactions,”  “Related  Party  Transactions,”  and  "Director  Independence"  or  similar
captions which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  contained  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  our  2024  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the
captions “Audit Matters,” or a similar caption which is incorporated herein by reference.

81

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

(i)

Financial Statements

(ii)

Financial Statement Schedule:

The following Financial Statement Schedule is filed as part of this Report:

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(iii)

Exhibits

See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensation plan has been identified with an asterisk.

(b) Exhibits

Notes

*

#

##

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

Filed herewith

Certain exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K, but a copy
will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. 

Exhibit
Number
3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

10.1##

10.2

10.2A

10.2B#

 Description 
Restated Articles of Incorporation, adopted March 4, 2021, effective March 5, 2021 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2021).
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective June 3, 2021 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 10, 2021).
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective June 3, 2021 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 10, 2021).
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective June 13, 2023 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2023)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of MiMedx Group, Inc., as amended and restated as of February 16, 2023
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2023).
The  description  of  the  Registrant’s  Securities  Registered  Pursuant  to  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of
1934 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on November 2, 2020).
Loan Agreement dated as of June 30, 2020 by and among MiMedx Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of MiMedx
Group, Inc. parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time party hereto, Hayfin Services LLP, as administrative agent
for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).

Lease effective May 1, 2013 between Hub Properties of GA, LLC and MiMedx Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2013).
First Amendment to Lease dated March 7, 2017 between CPVF II West Oak LLC (as successor in interest to HUB
Properties  of  GA,  LLC)  and  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2017).
Second Amendment to Lease for real property and improvements located at 1775 West Oak Commons Court,Marietta,
Georgia between RE Fields, LLC, successor in interest to HUB Properties GA, LLC, and CPVF II West
Oak  LLC,  (“Landlord”),  and  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.,  (‘Tenant”)  dated  January  25,  2013,  as  amended
March 7, 2017 (the “Lease”).

82

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
10.2C

10.2D#

10.3##

10.4

10.5

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

10.10*

10.11*

10.12*

10.13*

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

10.17

10.18*

10.19*

10.20*

10.21*

 Description 
Third Amendment to Lease made as of November 30, 2021 for real property and improvements located at 1775 West
Oak Commons Court, Marietta, Georgia between RE Fields, LLC, successor in interest to HUB Properties GA, LLC,
and  CPVF  II  West  Oak  LLC,  and  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.,  dated  January  25,  2013,  as  amended  March  7,  2017
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  filed  on  February  28,
2022).
Fourth Amendment to Lease made as of January 26, 2024 between Georgia RE Fields, LLC, successor in interest to
HUB Properties GA, LLC, and CPVF II West Oak LLC, and MiMedx Group, Inc., dated January 26, 2024.
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2020, by and between MiMedx Group, Inc., Falcon Fund 2
Holding Company, L.P. and certain other investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed July 6, 2020).
Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  2,  2020,  by  and  between  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  and  Falcon  Fund  2
Holding Company, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
filed on July 6, 2020).
MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  Assumed  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  February  25,  2014
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2014).
Form  of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  the  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  Assumed  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. Assumed 2006 Stock Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014).
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  for  Non-Employee  Directors  under  the  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  2006  Assumed
Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
filed on August 8, 2013).
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  under  the  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  2006  Assumed  Stock  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014).
2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, as amended and restated through May 2, 2023 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2023).
Form  of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  the  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  2016  Equity  and  Cash  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on  August  2,
2016).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (for shares
not registered under the Securities Act of 1933) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2019).
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  under  the  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  2016  Equity  and  Cash  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on  August  2,
2016).
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  for  Non-Employee  Directors  under  the  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  2016  Equity  and
Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on May 30, 2019).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on  August  2,
2016).
Form  of  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.16  to  the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2020).
Form of Employee (Time-Vested) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33
to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
Form  of  Employee  (Performance-Vested,  uncertain  number  of  shares)  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
Form  of  Employee  (Performance-Vested,  certain  number  of  shares)  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
Form  of  Non-Employee  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  (vest  into  retirement)  (incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2020).
Form of Employee (Time-Vested) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25
to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2021).

83

 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
10.22*

10.23*

10.24*

10.25*

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*

10.29*

10.30

10.31

10.32*

10.33*

10.34*

10.35*

10.36*

10.37*

10.38*

10.39

10.40*

10.41*

10.42*

 Description 
Letter  Agreement  dated  April  10,  2019  between  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  and  Timothy  R.  Wright  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2019).
Employment Offer Letter between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Peter M. Carlson, as amended and restated on June 30,
2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3,
2021).
Employment  Offer  Letter  between  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  and  William  F.  Hulse  IV  dated  November  4,  2019,
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
Form of Key Employee Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2020).
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2008).
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Type I - Initial Grant, Full Amount) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2021).
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Type II - Initial Grant, Pro Rata Amount) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2021).
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Type III - Annual Grant) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2021).
Technology License Agreement dated January 29, 2007 between MiMedx, Inc., Shriner's Hospitals for Children and
University  of  South  Florida  Research  Foundation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.32  to  the  Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2008).
Cooperation Agreement dated as of May 29, 2019 among MiMedx Group, Inc., M. Kathleen Behrens Wilsey, K. Todd
Newton, Richard J. Barry, Prescience Partners, LP, Prescience Point Special Opportunity LP, Prescience Capital LLC,
Prescience Investment Group, LLC d/b/a Prescience Point Capital Management LLC and Eiad Asbahi (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2019).
Separation Agreement and General Release between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Timothy R. Wright dated September 15,
2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September
14, 2022).
Interim Executive Employment Agreement between MiMedx Group, Inc. and K. Todd Newton dated September 14,
2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September
14, 2022).
Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  between  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  and  K.  Todd  Newton  dated  September  15,  2022
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  September  14,
2022).
Employment Offer Letter between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Ricci S. Whitlow dated December 27, 2022 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2023).
Letter  Agreement  between  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  and  Joseph  H.  Capper  dated  January  27,  2023  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2023).
Performance  Stock  Unit  Agreement  between  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  and  Joseph  H.  Capper  dated  January  27,  2023
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2023).
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Joseph H. Capper dated January 27, 2023
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2023).
Platform Intellectual Property License Agreement by and between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Global Health Solutions,
Inc. (d.b.a. Turn Therapeutics) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form
10-K filed on February 28, 2023).
Separation Agreement and General Release between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Peter M. Carlson dated July 14, 2023
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 30,
2023).
Offer Letter dated June 30, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
Key Employee Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated July 5, 2023, between the Company and Doug
Rice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).

84

 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
10.43*

10.44*

10.45*

10.46#
21.1#
23.1#
24.1#
31.1#
31.2#
32.1#
32.2#
97.1#
101.INS#
101.SCH#

101.CAL#
101.DEF#
101.LAB#
101.PRE#

 Description 
Inducement Performance Stock Unit Agreement dated June 30, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated June 30, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
Inducement Stock Option Agreement dated June 30, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
Management Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective June 6, 2023.
Subsidiaries of MiMedx Group, Inc.
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Report).
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
MiMedx Compensation Recoupment Policy, as amended and restated effective November 29, 2023.
XBRL Instance Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

85

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

February 28, 2024

MIMEDX GROUP, INC.

By:

/s/ Doug Rice
Doug Rice
Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints William F. Hulse IV
and Sajid N. Ajmeri and each of them acting individually, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2023, and to
file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney to any and all amendments to said Annual Report.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature / Name

/s/ Joseph H. Capper
Joseph H. Capper

/s/ Doug Rice
Doug Rice

/s/ M. Kathleen Behrens
M. Kathleen Behrens

/s/ James L. Bierman
James L. Bierman

/s/ Michael J. Giuliani
Michael J. Giuliani

/s/ William A. Hawkins III
William A. Hawkins III

/s/ Cato T. Laurencin
Cato T. Laurencin

/s/ K. Todd Newton
K. Todd Newton

/s/ Martin P. Sutter
Martin P. Sutter

/s/ Phyllis I. Gardner
Phyllis I. Gardner

Title

Chief Executive Officer and Director
Principal Executive Officer

Date

February 28, 2024

Chief Financial Officer
Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

February 28, 2024

Chair of the Board (Director)

February 28, 2024

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

87

February 28, 2024

February 28, 2024

February 28, 2024

February 28, 2024

February 28, 2024

February 28, 2024

February 28, 2024

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
August 29, 2018

By FedEx Overnight

Georgia RE Fields, LLC
521 NE Spanish Trail
Boca Raton, FL  33432
An: Kim B. Fields

    Re:    Second Amendment to Lease for real property and improvements located at 1775 West Oak Commons Court, Mariea, Georgia
between  RE  Fields,  LLC,  successor  in  interest  to  HUB  Properes  GA,  LLC,  and  CPVF  II  West  Oak  LLC,  (“Landlord”),  and
MiMedx Group, Inc., (‘Tenant”) dated January 25, 2013, as amended March 7, 2017 (the “Lease”).

Dear Ms. Fields:

    As we discussed yesterday, we are terminang our line of credit with Bank of America and other banks and therefore will very soon
terminate Bank of America, N.A. Irrevocable Standby Leer of Credit No. 68995862 in the current amount of $51,572.37 (the “Leer of
Credit”), which currently serves as the security deposit for the above-referenced Lease. In exchange therefore, we enclose a check for
$51,572.37 as a replacement security deposit. By accepng this check you agree to (1) promptly return the Leer of Credit to us within
three business days and, within a commercially reasonable me not to exceed thirty days, execute such documents as Bank of America
shall reasonably require to release Landlord’s interest in such Leer of Credit, and (2) amend the Lease to delete Secon 4.7 and replace
it with the following:

4.7 Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant has delivered to Landlord $51,572.37 as the
Security Deposit. Landlord shall hold Tenant’s Security Deposit without liability for interest except to the extent required
by  law,  as  security  for  the  performance  of  Tenant’s  obligaons  under  this  Lease.  Unless  required  by  applicable  law,
Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit segregated from other funds of Landlord. Tenant shall not
assign  or  in  any  way  encumber  the  Security  Deposit.  Upon  the  occurrence  of  any  event  of  default  by  Tenant,  and
following the expiraon of any applicable noce and cure period, Landlord shall have the right, without prejudice to any
other remedy, to use the Security Deposit, or porons thereof, to the extent necessary to pay any arrearage in Rent, and
any other damage, injury or expense. Following any such applicaon of all or any poron of the Security Deposit, Tenant
shall pay Landlord, on demand, the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount.
Landlord shall reimburse Tenant such amount within thirty (30) days of the expiraon date of the Term, provided Tenant
is  not  then  in  default  under  this  Lease  (unless  otherwise  waived  by  Landlord).  If  Landlord  transfers  an  interest  in  the
premises  during  the  Term,  Landlord  may  assign  the  Security  Deposit  to  the  transferee,  and,  in  such  event  and  upon
transferee’s wrien assumpon of Landlord’s obligaons to Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall thereaer have no further
liability to Tenant for the Security Deposit.

MiMedx Group, Inc. | 1775 West Oak Commons Ct NE | Mariea, GA 30062 | 770.651.9100 | Fax 770.590.3550 | www.mimedx.com

Innovations In Regenerative Biomaterials

Kindly acknowledge your agreement by signing and returning a copy of this leer to me.

                        Sincerely,

MiMedx Group, Inc.

Edward Borkowski,
EVP & Interim Chief Financial Officer

        By: /s/ Edward Borkowski        

Accepted and Agreed to:

Georgia RE Fields, LLC

By: Fields-Realty, LLC
Its:  Manager

By: /s/ Kim B. Fields            
Name:     Kim B. Fields                
Its:     Authorized Member                

Enclosure

MiMedx Group, Inc. | 1775 West Oak Commons Ct NE | Mariea, GA 30062 | 770.651.9100 | Fax 770.590.3550 | www.mimedx.com

Innovations In Regenerative Biomaterials

    
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

    THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Fourth Amendment”) is made as of January 26, 2024 (the “Effective Date”) by
and between GEORGIA RE FIELDS, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Landlord”), and MIMEDX GROUP, INC., a Florida corporation
(the “Tenant”), with reference to the following recitals:

RECITALS:

WHEREAS,  HUB  Properties,  GA,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (the  “Original  Landlord”)  and  Tenant  entered  into  that  certain
Lease  dated  as  of  January  25,  2013  (the  “Original  Lease”)  related  to  the  real  property  and  improvements  located  at  1775  W.  Oak  Commons,  Marietta,
Georgia (the “West Oak Property”), said improvements consisting of 79,854 square feet, including parking and other facilities located on the West Oak
Property: and

WHEREAS, CPVF II West Oak, LLC, successor in interest to the Original Landlord, and Tenant entered into that certain First Amendment to

Lease/Service Modification dated March 7, 2017 amending the Original Lease (the “First Amendment”); and

WHEREAS, Georgia RE Fields, LLC, successor in interest to CPVF II West Oak, LLC, and Tenant entered into that certain Second Amendment

to Lease letter agreement dated August 29, 2018 further amending the Original Lease (the “Second Amendment”); and

WHEREAS,  Georgia  RE  Fields,  LLC  and  Tenant  entered  into  that  certain  Third  Amendment  to  Lease  Agreement  dated  November  30,  2021

further amending the Original Lease (the “Third Amendment”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to further modify the Original Lease, as amended, to extend the term of the Original Lease, as amended,
for eighteen (18) months and to make certain other adjustments to Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations therein, as more particularly set
forth herein.
    NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby
acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.

2.

The  Lease.  The  Original  Lease,  as  amended  by  the  First  Amendment,  the  Second  Amendment,  and  the  Third  Amendment  shall
collectively  be  referred  to  herein  as  the  “Lease.”  All  capitalized  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have  the  same  meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Lease and those of this
Fourth Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Fourth Amendment shall control. This Fourth Amendment shall be binding upon the
successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

Extension of Term. The term of the Lease is hereby extended for an additional eighteen (18) months, commencing February 1, 2025 and
expiring July 31, 2026 (the “Additional Extended Term”). All the terms, covenants, and provisions of the Lease applicable immediately
prior to the expiration of the current Extended Term shall apply to the Additional Extended Term except that (i) the Annual Fixed Rent
shall be as set forth in Paragraph 3 below.

3.

Annual Fixed Rent. Commencing February 1, 2025, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent as follows:

        Annual Rate        Annual        Monthly
Period            Per Square Foot        Fixed Rent    Fixed Rent
2/1/2025 to 1/31/2026    $15.91            $1,270,477.14    $105,873.09    

        2/1/2026 to 7/31/2027    $16.39            $1,308,807.06    $109,067.25

4.

Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant is represented by Newmark (“Broker”) with regard to this Fourth Amendment, and to
Tenant’s  and  Landlord’s  knowledge,  no  other  broker(s)  has  participated  in  any  negotiations  related  to  this  Fourth  Amendment  or  is
entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Tenant hereby indemnifies and holds harmless Landlord from and against any and all
claims of any other broker(s) claiming under Tenant in connection with this Fourth Amendment. Landlord has contracted separately to
pay Newmark a commission for this transaction.

1

    
5.

6.

Deletion of Option to Renew. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s right to extend the Lease for the Option
Period, as provided in the Third Amendment, is hereby deleted in its entirety.

Miscellaneous. Except as expressly altered or amended in this Fourth Amendment, all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease
are,  and  shall  continue  to  be,  in  full  force  and  effect.  This  Fourth  Amendment  shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Georgia
without  regard  to  its  principles  of  conflicts  of  laws.  This  Fourth  Amendment  constitutes  the  entire  agreement  among  the  parties  with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings. This Fourth Amendment may be modified,
amended, changed, or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by all parties hereto. No waiver shall be deemed to have been
made by any party of any of its rights under the Lease unless the same is in writing and is signed on its behalf by an authorized signatory.
Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the
rights of the party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Fourth Amendment in electronic (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) format by email shall be as effective as
delivery  of  a  manually  executed  counterpart  of  this  Fourth  Amendment.  In  the  event  one  or  more  of  the  provisions  of  this  Fourth
Amendment  should,  for  any  reason,  be  held  to  be  invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable  in  any  respect,  such  invalidity,  illegality,  or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Fourth Amendment, and such provision (or part thereof) shall be ineffective
to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the Effective Date above written.

LANDLORD:                        TENANT:

GEORGIA RE FIELDS, LLC                MIMEDX GROUP, INC.
BY:    Fields-Realty, LLC
ITS:    Manager

By:    /s Kim B. Fields                By:    /s/ Joseph H. Capper
Name:    Kim B. Fields    ____            Name:     Joseph H. Capper
Title:    Authorized Member_            Title:    CEO

3

Management Incenve Plan

I.

II.

Purpose
The  Management  Incenve  Plan  (“MIP”)  is  designed  to  provide  an  incenve  for  key  members  of  the  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.
(“MiMedx” or “Company”) management team to exceed the annual corporate objecves and reward those team members with
deserving performance. The MiMedx Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) has complete authority to interpret the MIP,
to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulaons relang to it, and to make all other determinaons necessary or advisable
for the administraon of the MIP.

The goals of the MIP are:
1. To increase shareholder value.
2. To achieve and exceed the MiMedx annual company objecves.
3. To reward key individuals for demonstrated performance that is sustained throughout the year.
4. To enhance the Company’s ability to be compeve in the marketplace for execuve talent, and to aract, retain and

movate a high-performing and high-potenal management team.

Duraon, Terminaon and Amendment
The MIP is effecve on the date of Board approval thereof for calendar year 2023. The MIP will remain in effect from year to year
(each  calendar  year  shall  be  referred  to  herein  as  a  “Performance  Period”)  unl  terminated  or  suspended  by  the  Board  of
Directors. The MIP is subject to adjustment by the Company at any me during or aer the Performance Period, provided that
no adjustment may materially adversely affect any incenve amounts already earned and payable under the MIP. In the event of
an adjustment, an addendum will be published to inform eligible parcipants.

The Board shall have the right to amend or terminate the MIP at any me, provided that any terminaon shall automacally end
all of the outstanding Performance Periods and calculaons shall be made with respect to achievement of the performance goals
for  such  Performance  Periods  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  any  pro-rata  amounts  may  be  payable  under  the  MIP;
provided, further, that in the event any pro-rata amounts are payable, such amounts shall be paid as provided in Secon IX of the
MIP.

III.

MIP Parcipaon, Eligibility and Employment Requirement
Parcipaon and eligibility of (i) execuve officers is determined by the Board of Directors or its delegate, and (ii) management
level employees who are not execuve officers is determined by Human Resources. No individual is automacally included in the
MIP.  Parcipants  are  nofied  in  wring  of  their  parcipaon,  and  verbal  comments  or  promises  to  any  employee  or  past
pracces are not binding on MiMedx or any of its divisions or subsidiaries in any manner.

Terminated Employees: Incenves are only earned by employees who are in good standing, not on noce, and employed on the
date  payment  is  made.  Parcipants  terminang  employment  prior  to  the  date  of  payment  are  not  eligible  for  any  incenve
payment regardless of the reason for terminaon of employment, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors or its
delegate,  in  its  sole  discreon,  in  the  case  of  execuve  officers  or  by  Human  Resources  with  approval  of  the  Chief  Execuve
Officer, in the case of other management employees.

MiMedx MIP

First Time Parcipants: New employees hired or promoted into an eligible posion on or before September 30 of a Performance
Period will be able to begin parcipang in the MIP on the first day of the first full month in the eligible posion. The bonus will
be calculated using base salary earnings in the eligible posion and me of service during the Performance Period. No incenves
will be earned or paid for new hires beginning employment aer September 30 of any Performance Period.

Exisng  Parcipants:  Parcipants  who  transfer  during  a  performance  period  from  one  MIP  eligible  posion  to  another  MIP
eligible posion, having either a higher or lower Bonus Opportunity Amount, as herein defined, will begin parcipang at the
new MIP level on the first day of the first full month in the new posion. The parcipant’s Bonus Opportunity Amount will be
based on the longest posion held and based upon earnings during the eligible me of service during the Performance Period.

Leave of Absence: Parcipants who have been on an approved leave of absence for medical or other reasons for greater than 60
cumulave  days,  but  120  or  lesser  cumulave  days,  during  the  year  will  receive  a  prorated  poron  of  their  earned  amount.
Parcipants who have been on an approved leave of absence for medical or other reasons for greater than 120 cumulave days
during the year will not be eligible to earn any amount of MIP for the year.

IV. MIP Administraon -

Execuve Officers. The Board of Directors has the discreon, subject to the provisions of the MIP, to make or to select the manner
of  making  all  determinaons  with  respect  to  the  MIP  for  execuve  officers.  The  Board  of  Directors  has  delegated  the
administraon of the MIP to the Compensaon Commiee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensaon Commiee”), who in
turn, will approve and subsequently make recommendaons to the Board of Directors of all determinaons with respect to the
MIP  for  execuve  officers.  As  delegated  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  the  Compensaon  Commiee  shall  have  full  authority  to
formulate  adjustments  and  make  interpretaons  under  the  MIP  as  it  deems  appropriate.  As  delegated,  the  Compensaon
Commiee shall also be empowered to make any and all of the determinaons not herein specifically authorized which may be
necessary  or  desirable  for  the  effecve  administraon  of  the  MIP  for  execuve  officers.  As  delegated,  the  amounts  calculated
under the MIP shall be paid only to execuve officers upon the Compensaon Commiee’s determinaon, in its sole discreon,
that the parcipant is entled to them. All maers of delegaon of the MIP will be approved by the Compensaon Commiee
prior to its recommendaon to the Board of Directors.

Other Management Employees. Human Resources, subject to approval of the Chief Execuve Officer, has the discreon, subject
to  the  provisions  of  the  MIP,  to  make  or  to  select  the  manner  of  making  all  determinaons  with  respect  to  the  MIP  for
management employees who are not execuve officers, to formulate adjustments and make interpretaons under the MIP as it
deems  appropriate,  and  make  any  and  all  of  the  determinaons  not  herein  specifically  authorized  which  may  be  necessary  or
desirable for the effecve administraon of the MIP. As delegated, the amounts calculated under the MIP shall be paid only to
other management employees upon the determinaon that the parcipant is entled to them.

General. All decisions made on behalf of the Company by the Board of Directors or the Compensaon Commiee relave to the
plan  with  respect  to  execuve  officers  are  final  and  binding,  and  decisions  made  by  Human  Resources,  subject  to  the
requirements set forth above, relave to management employees who are not execuve officers are final and binding. The

Page 2 of #NUM_PAGES#

MiMedx MIP

determinaon  of  compliance  with  the  individual  objecves  established  under  the  MIP  for  an  employee  shall  be  made  by  the
Board of Directors in its sole discreon aer approval by the Compensaon Commiee.

V.

MIP Bonus Opportunity Determinaon
The  MIP  provides  for  the  determinaon  of  a  bonus  opportunity  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  parcipant’s  base  salary
earnings  during  the  Performance  Period  (the  “Bonus  Opportunity  Amount”),  conngent  upon  sasfacon  of  established
performance  goals  and  connued  employment  through  the  payment  date  of  any  bonus.  Parcipants  approved  for  MIP
parcipaon  as  of  January  1  of  a  Performance  Period  are  eligible  for  a  full  year’s  parcipaon,  not  subject  to  proraon  if
employed for the enre year, in accordance with the provisions hereof. All incenves earned under the MIP will be measured and
paid annually.

VI. MIP Parcipants

The MIP parcipants include the Company’s Execuve Leadership Team, including the Chief Execuve Officer (the “CEO”), other
Named Execuve Officers, plus such other manager and above level persons who are designated for parcipaon.

VII.

MIP Method of Calculaon
Each  parcipant’s  incenve  will  be  calculated  based  on  the  achievement  of  Company  and  individual  performance  goals
established  for  the  Performance  Period,  to  be  determined  by  resoluon  of  the  Board  or  its  delegate.  Execuve  officer
calculaons  will  be  determined  by  the  Compensaon  Commiee.  All  other  parcipants’  calculaons  will  be  determined  by
Human  Resources,  subject  to  approval  of  the  Chief  Execuve  Officer,  using  Company  and  individual  performance  objecves
established for the Performance Period.
Following  the  end  of  the  Performance  Period,  management  will  provide  documentaon  to  the  Compensaon  Commiee
confirming the degree of achievement of all performance metrics and goals, including individual performance goals, pertaining
to the Performance Period. The Compensaon Commiee will review the documentaon from management, and following its
review,  the  Compensaon  Commiee  will  determine  the  achievement  of  such  performance  measures  and  goals  prior  to  the
approval  of  the  Compensaon  Commiee  and  its  subsequent  recommendaon  to  the  Board  of  Directors  and  payment  in
accordance with such achievement. The  Compensaon  Commiee  may  in  its  sole  discreon  reduce  or  eliminate  an  incenve
amount otherwise calculated and/or Bonus Opportunity Amount for execuve officer parcipants.

VIII. Maximum MIP Payment Amounts

The  maximum  potenal  amount  to  be  earned  by  a  parcipant  is  two  (2)  mes  the  parcipant’s  annual  base  salary  for  the
Performance Period.

Page 3 of #NUM_PAGES#

MiMedx MIP

IX.

X.

XI.

Payment of Earned MIP Amounts
Amounts  earned  by  parcipants  upon  sasfacon  of  the  performance  goals  for  a  performance  period  and  employment
requirement, as approved pursuant to the terms herein, will be paid on or before March 15  of the year following the end of
such Performance Period.

th

Exempon from 409A
This Plan is intended to be exempt from the applicable requirements of Secon 409A of the Code and shall be construed and
interpreted in accordance therewith. The Commiee may at any me amend, suspend or terminate this Plan, or any payments
to be made hereunder, as necessary to be exempt from Secon 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the preceding, MiMedx shall
not  be  liable  to  any  parcipant  or  any  other  person  if  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  or  any  court  or  other  authority  having
jurisdicon over such maer determines for any reason that any amount to be paid under this Plan is subject to taxes, penales
or interest as a result of failing to be exempt from, or comply with, Secon 409A of the Code. The incenve amounts under the
MIP are intended to sasfy the exempon from Secon 409A of the Code for “short-term deferrals.”

Miscellaneous
Nothing  in  the  MIP  shall  be  deemed  to  constute  a  contract  for  the  connuance  of  employment  of  the  parcipants  or  bring
about a change of status of employment. Neither the acon of the Company in establishing this MIP, nor any provisions hereof,
nor any acon taken by the Company shall be construed as giving any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the
Company for any period of me, or to be employed in any parcular posion, or at any parcular rate of remuneraon.

Further,  nothing  contained  herein  shall  in  any  manner  inhibit  the  day-to-day  conduct  of  the  business  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries, which shall remain within the sole discreon of management of the Company; nor shall any requirements imposed
by  management  or  resulng  from  the  conduct  of  the  business  of  the  Company  constute  an  excuse  for,  or  waiver  from,
compliance with any goal established under the MIP.

No persons shall have any right, vested or conngent, or any claim whatsoever, to be granted any award or receive any payment
hereunder, except payments of awards determined and payable in accordance with the specific provisions hereof or pursuant to
a specific and properly approved agreement regarding the granng or payment of an award to a designated individual.

Neither  the  MIP,  nor  any  payments  pursuant  to  the  MIP,  shall  affect,  or  have  any  applicaon  to,  any  of  the  Company’s  life
insurance,  disability  insurance,  PTO,  medical  or  other  related  benefit  plans,  whether  contributory  or  non-contributory  on  the
part of the employee except as may be specifically provided by the terms of the applicable benefit plan.

All  payments  pursuant  to  the  MIP  are  subject  to  applicable  withholdings.  To  the  extent  required  by  law,  the  Company  shall
withhold from all payments made hereunder any amount required to be withheld by Federal and state or local government or
other applicable laws. Each parcipant shall be responsible for sasfying in cash or cash equivalent acceptable to the Commiee
any income and employment tax withholdings applicable to any payment under the MIP or parcipaon in the MIP.

MiMedx reserves the right to apply a parcipant’s incenve payment against any outstanding obligaons owed to the Company.

Page 4 of #NUM_PAGES#

MiMedx MIP

XII.  Recoupment

Notwithstanding any other provision of this MIP to the contrary, any Bonus Opportunity Amount or incenve payment received
by the parcipant and/or other cash paid hereunder, shall be subject to potenal cancellaon, recoupment, rescission, payback
or other acon in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Compensaon Recoupment Policy or similar policies, as it or they
may  be  established  or  amended  from  me  to  me.  By  parcipaon  in  this  MIP  and  acceptance  of  any  incenve  payment
amount,  the  parcipant  agrees  and  consents  to  the  Company’s  applicaon,  implementaon  and  enforcement  of  (a)  any
Compensaon Recoupment Policy or similar policy established by the Company or any affiliate that may apply to the parcipant
and  (b)  any  provision  of  applicable  law  relang  to  cancellaon,  rescission,  payback  or  recoupment  of  compensaon,  and
expressly agrees that the Company may take such acons as are necessary to effectuate any such Compensaon Recoupment
Policy, similar policy (as applicable to the parcipant) or applicable law without further consent or acon being required by the
parcipant. To the extent that the terms of this MIP and any Compensaon Recoupment Policy or similar policy or law conflict,
then the terms of such policy or law shall prevail.

Page 5 of #NUM_PAGES#

MiMedx MIP

[***]

Exhibit A

Page 6 of #NUM_PAGES#

Exhibit 21.1

Company
MiMedx Tissue Services, LLC
MiMedx Processing Services, LLC
MiMedx Supply, LLC
MiMedx Japan, Godo Kaisha

MiMedx Group, Inc. 

List of Subsidiaries

Jurisdiction of Organization
Georgia
Florida
Delaware
Japan

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-259103 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement Nos.
333-251434, 333-211900, 333-199841, 333-189784, 333-183991, 333-153255, 333-273412, 333-273413 and 333-270394 on Form S-8
of our reports dated February 28, 2024, relating to the financial statements of MiMedx Group, Inc. and the effectiveness of MiMedx
Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2023.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Atlanta, Georgia February 28, 2024

 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(A) AND 15d-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Exhibit 31.1

I, Joseph H. Capper, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MiMedx Group, Inc. (the “Report”); 

2. Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date:

February 28, 2024

/s/ Joseph H. Capper
Joseph H. Capper
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(A) AND 15d-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Exhibit 31.2

I, Doug Rice, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MiMedx Group, Inc. (the “Report”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Report;

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date:

February 28, 2024

/s/ Doug Rice
Doug Rice
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

    The undersigned Joseph H. Capper, the Chief Executive Officer of MiMedx Group, Inc. (the “Company”), has executed this certification in connection
with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2023
(the  “Report”).  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  the  undersigned  hereby
certifies, to his knowledge, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:

February 28, 2024

/s/ Joseph H. Capper
Joseph H. Capper
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 Exhibit 32.2

    The undersigned, Doug Rice, the Chief Financial Officer of MiMedx Group, Inc. (the “Company”), has executed this certification in connection with
the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2023 (the
“Report”). Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certifies, to
his knowledge, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:

February 28, 2024

/s/ Doug Rice
Doug Rice
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
Compensaon Recoupment Policy

Amended and Restated November 29, 2023

Purpose:  The  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  of  MiMedx  Group,  Inc.  (“MiMedx”)  has  adopted  this  amended  and  restated

Compensaon Recoupment Policy (“Policy”) to reflect sound corporate governance and to maintain a culture that emphasizes

integrity and accountability. The Board has therefore adopted this Policy, which provides for the recoupment of certain execuve

compensaon (i) upon an accounng restatement resulng from material noncompliance with financial reporng requirements

under the federal securies laws or (ii) in the event the Board has determined, based on an invesgaon and its review of the

results of the invesgaon, that an execuve officer has engaged in misconduct. The Policy shall enable MiMedx to “claw-back”

compensaon  as  described  herein  regardless  of  any  lesser  “claw-back”  obligaons  enacted  by  the  Securies  and  Exchange

Commission pursuant to Secon 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protecon Act of 2010. This Policy is

further  designed  to  comply  with  Secon  10D  of  the  Securies  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  Rule  10D-1

promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 10D-1”), and Nasdaq Lisng Rule 5608 (the “Lisng Standards”).

Administraon:  This  Policy  shall  be  administered  by  the  Board  or  the  Compensaon  Commiee.  Any  references  herein  to  the

Board  shall  be  deemed  references  to  the  Compensaon  Commiee,  if  applicable.  The  Board  is  authorized  to  interpret  and

construe this Policy and to make all determinaons necessary, appropriate or advisable for the administraon of this Policy. Any

determinaons made by the Board shall be final and binding on all affected

1 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

US_ACTIVE-173151614.4-JGAROMAT 11/29/2023 2:47 PM

individuals.  The  Board  may  amend  this  Policy  from  me  to  me  in  its  discreon  and  shall  amend  this  Policy  as  it  deems

necessary  to  reflect  final  regulaons  adopted  by  the  Securies  and  Exchange  Commission  under  Secon  10D  of  the  Exchange

Act, to comply with any rules or standards adopted by The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”), and to comply with (or maintain an

exempon from the applicaon of) Secon 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Board

may  terminate  this  Policy  at  any  me.  It  is  intended  that  this  Policy  be  interpreted  in  a  manner  that  is  consistent  with  the

requirements of Secon 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or standards adopted by the Securies and Exchange

Commission or Nasdaq.

Covered Persons: This Policy applies to MiMedx current and former execuve officers (the “Execuves”), as such term is defined

under the Exchange Act, and in accordance with Secon 10D of the Exchange Act, the definion of execuve officer set forth in

Rule 10D-1 and the Lisng Standards (“Covered Execuves” or individually “Covered Execuve”), and Senior Officers, as defined

herein.

Recoupment Triggers; Compensaon Subject to Recovery:

o Recoupment; Accounng Restatement. In the event that MiMedx is required to prepare an Accounng Restatement, as

defined herein, the Board will promptly require reimbursement or forfeiture of any Excess Incenve Compensaon, as

defined  herein,  received  by  any  Covered  Execuve  during  the  three  completed  fiscal  years  immediately  preceding  the

date on which MiMedx is required to prepare an Accounng Restatement, as defined herein, and including any transion

period (that results from a change in MiMedx’s fiscal year) within or immediately following those three completed fiscal

years,  except  that  a  transion  period  comprising  a  period  of  at  least  nine  months  shall  count  as  a  full  fiscal  year.  The

Policy applies to all Incenve-Based Compensaon, as defined herein, received by a Covered Execuve (i) aer beginning

service as an

2 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

execuve officer; (ii) who served as an execuve officer at any me during the performance period for that Incenve-

Based  Compensaon  (whether  or  not  such  Covered  Officer  is  serving  at  the  me  the  Erroneously  Awarded

Compensaon is required to be repaid to MiMedx); and (iii) while MiMedx has a listed class of securies. Recovery of

amounts under this Policy with respect to a Covered Execuve shall not require the finding of any misconduct by such

Covered  Execuve  or  that  such  Covered  Execuve  is  responsible  for  any  error  associated  with  an  Accounng

Restatement.

For purposes of this Policy, an “Accounng Restatement” means an accounng restatement of MiMedx’s financial

statements  due  to  MiMedx’s  material  noncompliance  with  any  financial  reporng  requirement  under  the

securies laws, including any required accounng restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial

statements  that  is  material  to  the  previously  issued  financial  statements,  or  that  would  result  in  a  material

misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or le uncorrected in the current period. Also for

purposes  of  this  Policy,  the  date  on  which  MiMedx  is  required  to  prepare  an  Accounng  Restatement  is  the

earlier  of  (i)  the  date  the  Board  concludes,  or  reasonably  should  have  concluded,  that  MiMedx  is  required  to

prepare an Accounng Restatement; or (ii) the date a court, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs

MiMedx  to  prepare  an  Accounng  Restatement,  in  each  case  regardless  of  whether  or  when  the  restated

financial statements are filed with the Securies and Exchange Commission.

Excess  Incenve  Compensaon;  Amount  Subject  to  Recovery.  The  amount  subject  to  recovery  (the  “Excess

Incenve Compensaon”) is the excess of the Incenve-Based Compensaon paid to the Covered Execuve or

Senior Officer, based on the erroneous data over the Incenve-Based Compensaon that

3 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

would  have  been  paid  to  the  Covered  Execuve  or  Senior  Officer  had  it  been  based  on  the  restated  results.

Excess  Incenve  Compensaon  shall  be  determined  by  the  Board  without  regard  to  any  taxes  paid  by  the

Covered Execuve or Senior Officer with respect to the Excess Incenve Compensaon.

For  Incenve-Based  Compensaon  based  on  stock  price  or  total  shareholder  return,  or  if  the  Board  cannot

determine  the  amount  of  such  excess  directly  from  the  informaon  in  the  Accounng  Restatement  or  other

occurrence:  (i)  the  Board  shall  determine  the  amount  of  the  Excess  Incenve  Compensaon  based  on  a

reasonable esmate of the effect of the Accounng Restatement on the stock price, total shareholder return or

other  metric  upon  which  the  Incenve-Based  Compensaon  was  received;  and  (ii)  MiMedx  shall  maintain

documentaon of the determinaon of that reasonable esmate and provide such documentaon to Nasdaq.

“Incenve-Based Compensaon” means any compensaon that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in

part  upon  the  aainment  of  a  Financial  Reporng  Measure,  as  defined  herein,  including  any  bonus  or  other

incenve-based  or  equity-based  compensaon  to  the  extent  ed  to  financial  metrics.  Incenve-Based

Compensaon  is  received  for  purposes  of  this  Policy  in  MiMedx’s  fiscal  period  during  which  the  Financial

Reporng  Measure  specified  in  the  Incenve-Based  Compensaon  award  is  aained,  even  if  the  payment  or

grant of the Incenve-Based Compensaon occurs aer the end of that period.

A  “Financial  Reporng  Measure”  means  any  measure  that  is  determined  and  presented  in  accordance  with  the

accounng principles used in preparing MiMedx’s financial statements, and any measure that is derived in whole

or in part from such measure. For purposes of this Policy, Financial Reporng

4 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Measures include, but are not limited to, the following, and any measures derived from the following: revenues;

earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciaon  and  amorzaon;  net  income;  MiMedx’s  stock  price;  and  total

shareholder return. A Financial Reporng Measure need not be presented within MiMedx’s financial statements

or included in a filing with the Securies Exchange Commission.

o Method of Recoupment. The Board shall determine, in its sole discreon, the ming and method for promptly recouping

Excess Incenve Compensaon, which may include without limitaon:

(a) seeking reimbursement of all or part of any cash or equity Incenve-Based Compensaon previously paid,

(b) seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesng, exercise, selement, sale, transfer, or other disposion

of any equity-based awards,

(c) cancelling prior cash or equity-based awards, whether vested or unvested or paid or unpaid,

(d) cancelling or offseng against any planned future cash or equity-based awards,

(e)  forfeiture  of  deferred  compensaon,  subject  to  compliance  with  Secon  409A  of  the  Code  and  the

regulaons promulgated thereunder, and

(f) any other method authorized by applicable law or contract.

Subject  to  compliance  with  any  applicable  law,  the  Board  may  recover  amounts  under  this  Policy  from  any  amount

otherwise payable to the Covered Execuve. MiMedx is authorized and directed pursuant to this Policy to recoup Excess

Incenve Compensaon in compliance with this Policy unless the Compensaon Commiee of the

5 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Board has determined that recovery would be impraccable solely for the following limited reasons, and subject to the

following procedural and disclosure requirements:

The  direct  expense  paid  to  a  third  party  to  assist  in  enforcing  the  Policy  would  exceed  the  amount  to  be

recovered;  provided  that  prior  to  concluding  that  it  would  be  impraccable  to  recover  any  amount  of  Excess

Incenve  Compensaon  based  on  expense  of  enforcement,  the  Board  must  make  a  reasonable  aempt  to

recover such erroneously awarded compensaon, document such reasonable aempt(s) to recover and provide

that documentaon to Nasdaq;

Recovery  would  likely  cause  an  otherwise  tax-qualified  rerement  plan,  under  which  benefits  are  broadly

available to employees of MiMedx, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a)

and regulaons thereunder.

o Misconduct.  If  the  Board  has  determined  that  a  Covered  Execuve  or  Senior  Officer  has  engaged  in  misconduct,  as

predefined  by  the  Compensaon  Commiee,  the  Board  may  seek  recoupment  of  payouts  under  MiMedx’s  incenve

compensaon programs (including, but not limited to, any of the Management Incenve Plans from 2016 to present).

For this purpose, “misconduct” shall include, but is not limited to, any material violaon of a MiMedx policy that causes

significant harm to MiMedx. The amount that may be recovered will be the amount of the payouts under such incenve

compensaon programs to the Execuve during the period in which the misconduct commenced or connued uncured

and/or during which the significant harm to MiMedx connued.

o Other Recoupment and Addional Rights.

Senior Officers. If MiMedx is required to restate its financial results due to material noncompliance with financial

reporng requirements under the

6 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

securies  laws,  the  Board  may  seek  to  recapture  Excess  Incenve  Compensaon  paid  to  any  other  named

officers  or  senior  management  level  and  higher-ranking  execuve  officer  who  are  not  Covered  Execuves

(“Senior Officers”) on the basis of having met or exceeded performance targets during the period covered by the

restated financial statement(s), regardless of whether any such individuals are found personally responsible for

the misstatement(s).     In the case of a Senior Officer, the Board shall also determine whether any restatement

was  the  result  of  violaon(s)  of  federal  securies  laws  in  which  scienter  is  a  necessary  element  by  a  Senior

Officer. In such case, the Board shall take the steps necessary to recoup from any Senior Officer whose scienter

led to the restatement of all incenve compensaon awarded to the officer for performance during the periods

affected by the restatement; provided, however, this recoupment obligaon is subject to MiMedx’s consideraon

regarding (i) a cost/benefit analysis with respect to pursuing recovery of such incenve compensaon, and (ii) an

analysis of the potenal impact of the individual’s indemnificaon agreement on such pursuit. For this purpose,

compensaon shall include any bonus or other incenve-based or equity-based (to the extent ed to financial

metrics)  compensaon  paid  to  any  Senior  Officers  during  the  twelve-month  period  following  the  first  public

issuance or filing with the Securies and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurs) of the financial document

embodying such error or, in the determinaon of the Board of a longer period, during the three completed fiscal

years immediately preceding the date on which MiMedx is required to prepare the restatement, to the extent

that compensaon was based on the misstated financial result. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

the requirements of the secon tled

7 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

“Recoupment; Accounng Restatement” shall control as to Accounng Restatements by Covered Execuves.

The  terms  of  this  Policy  shall  apply  to  Incenve-Based  Compensaon  that  is  received  by  a  Senior  Officer  on  or

aer the Effecve Date and during the applicable clawback period described herein, even if such compensaon

was  approved,  awarded,  granted  or  paid  to  Senior  Officers  prior  to  the  Effecve  Date.  For  Senior  Officers,  the

Board  may  determine  the  amount  of  excess  compensaon  and  the  method  of  recoupment,  including  without

limitaon from the methods for Covered Execuves listed within this Policy.

o Enforcement and Other Reinforcement Rights. The Board intends that this Policy will be applied to the fullest extent of

the  law.  The  Board  may  require  that  any  employment  agreement,  equity  award  agreement,  or  similar  agreement

entered into on or aer the Effecve Date shall, as a condion to the grant of any benefit thereunder, require a Covered

Execuve or Senior Officer to agree to abide by the terms of this Policy. Any right of recoupment under this Policy is in

addion to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recoupment that may be available to MiMedx pursuant to

the terms of any similar policy in any employment agreement, equity award agreement, or similar agreement and any

other  legal  remedies  available  to  MiMedx.  This  Policy  does  not  limit  MiMedx’s  right  to  take  other  appropriate  acons

with respect to its employees.

General Provisions

o No  Indemnificaon  of  Covered  Execuves  or  Senior  Officers.  MiMedx  shall  not  indemnify  any  Covered  Execuves  or

Senior  Officers  against  the  loss  of  any  incorrectly  awarded  Excess  Incenve  Compensaon  or  other  compensaon.

MiMedx is prohibited from paying or reimbursing a Covered Execuve or Senior Officer for purchasing insurance to cover

any such loss.

8 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

o Board  Indemnificaon.  Any  members  of  the  Board  or  its  delegates  shall  not  be  personally  liable  for  any  acon,

determinaon or interpretaon made with respect to this Policy and shall be fully indemnified by MiMedx to the fullest

extent  under  applicable  law  and  MiMedx’s  organizaonal  documents  and  policy  with  respect  to  any  such  acon,

determinaon  or  interpretaon.  The  foregoing  sentence  shall  not  limit  any  other  rights  to  indemnificaon  of  the

members of the Board or its delegates under applicable law or MiMedx organizaonal documents and policy.

o Effecve Date. This  Policy  shall  be  effecve  as  of  the  effecve  date  of  the  Lisng  Standards  (the  “Effecve  Date”).  The

terms of this Policy shall apply to any Incenve-Based Compensaon that is received by Covered Execuves on or aer

the  Effecve  Date  and  during  the  applicable  clawback  period  described  herein,  even  if  such  Incenve-Based

Compensaon was approved, awarded, granted or paid to Covered Execuves prior to the Effecve Date.

o Severability. The provisions in this Policy are intended to be applied to the fullest extent of the law. To the extent that

any  provision  of  this  Policy  is  found  to  be  unenforceable  or  invalid  under  any  applicable  law,  such  provision  shall  be

applied to the maximum extent permied, and shall automacally be deemed amended in a manner consistent with its

objecves to the extent necessary to conform to any limitaons required under applicable law.

o Governing Law. This Policy and all rights and obligaons hereunder are governed by and construed in accordance with

the internal laws of the State of Florida, excluding any choice of law rules or principles that may direct the applicaon of

the laws of another jurisdicon.

9 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

o Successors.  This  Policy  shall  be  binding  and  enforceable  against  all  Covered  Execuves,  Senior  Officers,  and  their

beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representaves.

o Exhibit Filing Requirement. A copy of this Policy and any amendments thereto shall be posted on MiMedx’s website and

filed as an exhibit to MiMedx’s annual report on Form 10-K.

10 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

[FOR SIGNATURE BY MiMedx’s COVERED EXECUTIVES AND SENIOR OFFICERS]

Recoupment Policy Acknowledgment

I,  the  undersigned,  agree  and  acknowledge  that  I  am  fully  bound  by,  and  subject  to,  all  of  the  terms  and  condions  of  the  MiMedx
Group, Inc. Compensaon Recoupment Policy (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from me to me,
the “Policy”). In the event of any inconsistency between the Policy and the terms of any employment agreement to which I am a party,
or the terms of any compensaon plan, program or agreement under which any compensaon has been granted, awarded, earned or
paid, the terms of the Policy shall govern. In the event it is determined by the Board, or such commiee thereof that is charged with
administraon of the Policy, that any amounts granted, awarded, earned or paid to me must be forfeited or reimbursed to MiMedx, I will
promptly  take  any  acon  necessary  to  effectuate  such  forfeiture  and/or  reimbursement.  Any  capitalized  terms  used  in  this
Acknowledgment without definion shall have the meaning set forth in the Policy.

__________________________________
Name:
Title:

11 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL